WO2023143189A1 - 信令传输方法、装置及存储介质 - Google Patents

信令传输方法、装置及存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023143189A1
WO2023143189A1 PCT/CN2023/072381 CN2023072381W WO2023143189A1 WO 2023143189 A1 WO2023143189 A1 WO 2023143189A1 CN 2023072381 W CN2023072381 W CN 2023072381W WO 2023143189 A1 WO2023143189 A1 WO 2023143189A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transmission
sps
uplink
resource set
data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/072381
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张英豪
王加庆
杨美英
罗晨
李瑶敏
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Publication of WO2023143189A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023143189A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular, to a signaling transmission method, device and storage medium.
  • the current SPS/CG cannot match the non-integer period of XR.
  • the base station needs to configure multiple SPS/CG for the terminal according to the maximum data packet transmission requirements, which is reserved for XR terminals. Too many resources are used, and there is no data transmission in some SPS/CG transmission opportunities.
  • the terminal When the size of the arriving XR data packet is small, the terminal only needs to send the physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) in part of the CG transmission opportunities.
  • the terminal can provide the base station with the amount of uplink data in the logical channel of the terminal through the buffer status reporting (Buffer Status Reporting, BSR) mechanism, but the base station cannot reallocate idle uplink CG resources, resulting in waste of resources.
  • BSR Buffer Status Reporting
  • the base station may only send a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in some SPS transmission opportunities, but the terminal will detect and receive the PDSCH for each SPS transmission opportunity, resulting in waste of terminal power consumption.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • embodiments of the present disclosure provide a signaling transmission method, device, and storage medium.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a signaling transmission method, including:
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the sending indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG for configuration permission includes:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending the indication information on the first uplink CG resource set includes:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are configured or negotiated by the network device predefined.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the terminal receives first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the receiving indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the semi-persistent scheduling SPS includes:
  • the indication information is received on the first downlink SPS resource set, the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving the indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set includes:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second moment is determined by the network device The configured second period and second offset are determined.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the terminal sends second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a signaling transmission method, including:
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the receiving indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG includes:
  • the indication information is received on a first set of uplink CG resources, the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the method includes:
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving the indication information on the first uplink CG resource set includes:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the network device sends first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the sending indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS includes:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS includes:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second moment is determined by the network device The configured second period and second offset are determined.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the network device receives second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a terminal device, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • memory used to store computer programs
  • transceiver used to send and receive data under the control of the processor data
  • a processor configured to read the computer program in the memory and implement the steps of the signaling transmission method in the first aspect above.
  • the sending indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG for configuration permission includes:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending the indication information on the first uplink CG resource set includes:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the terminal receives first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the receiving indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the semi-persistent scheduling SPS includes:
  • the indication information is received on the first downlink SPS resource set, the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving the indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set includes:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second moment is determined by the network device The configured second period and second offset are determined.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the terminal sends second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a network device, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • the memory is used to store computer programs; the transceiver is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor is used to read the computer programs in the memory and implement the steps of the signaling transmission method in the second aspect above.
  • the receiving indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG includes:
  • the indication information is received on a first set of uplink CG resources, the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the method includes:
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving the indication information on the first uplink CG resource set includes:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the network device sends first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the sending indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS includes:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS includes:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second moment is determined by the network device The configured second period and second offset are determined.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the network device receives second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a signaling transmission device, including:
  • the first transmission module is configured to send indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the configuration license CG, or receive indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the semi-persistent scheduling SPS;
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the first transmission module is also used for:
  • the target transmission resource includes the first Two sets of uplink CG resources, where a first association relationship exists between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the first transmission module is also used for:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the terminal receives first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level indication bit field The oscilloscope field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the first transmission module is also used for:
  • the indication information is received on the first downlink SPS resource set, the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the device also includes a skipping module:
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the first transmission module is also used for:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second moment is determined by the network device The configured second period and second offset are determined.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the terminal sends second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field,
  • the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity
  • the fourth-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a signaling transmission device, including:
  • the second transmission module is configured to receive indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG, or send indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS;
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the second transmission module is also used for:
  • the indication information is received on a first set of uplink CG resources, the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the device also includes:
  • An allocation module configured to re-allocate the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the second transmission module is also used for:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the network device sends first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the second transmission module is also used for:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the second transmission module is also used for:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, the The second moment is determined by the second period and the second offset configured by the network device.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the network device receives second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause a processor to execute the signaling transmission method in the first aspect above, or The steps of the signaling transmission method in the second aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable a computer to execute the signaling transmission method in the first aspect above, Or the steps of the signaling transmission method in the second aspect above.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a communication device-readable storage medium, where the communication device-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable the communication device to execute the signaling as described in the first aspect above.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a chip product-readable storage medium, the chip product-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to make the chip product execute the signaling as described in the first aspect above.
  • the terminal configures the Send the indication information indicating the target transmission resource on the configured uplink transmission resources, so that the network device can obtain the actual transmission status of the resources reserved for CG within a period of time, so as to avoid waste of uplink CG resources or resource collision; or, the terminal is configured in SPS
  • the indication information indicating the target transmission resource is received on the downlink transmission resource, so that the terminal can know whether to detect and receive data on the target transmission resource, so as to avoid unnecessary power consumption overhead.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of periodic transmission of XR services in the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of data arrival and data packet service distribution of XR services in the prior art
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of transmission of different data streams in an XR service in the prior art
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of transmission of configuration authorization type 2 in the prior art
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of multiple CGs supporting different data stream transmissions in the prior art
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of multi-SPS/CG transmission of XR services in the prior art
  • Fig. 7 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the signaling transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a second schematic flowchart of a signaling transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is one of the schematic diagrams of CG group transmission of XR services provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is one of the schematic diagrams of the bit fields included in the indication information during the transmission of the XR service by the CG/SPS group provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 is the second schematic diagram of CG group transmission of XR services provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 12 is the second schematic diagram of the bit field included in the indication information during the transmission of the XR service by the CG/SPS group provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 is the third schematic diagram of CG group transmission of XR services provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a fourth schematic diagram of CG group transmission of XR services provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an SPS group transmitting an XR service provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a signaling transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a second structural schematic diagram of a signaling transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • XR business is the most important type of media application in the 5th Generation Mobile Communication (5G), including augmented reality (Augmented reality, AR), mixed reality (Mixed reality, MR), virtual reality (Virtual reality) , VR) three representative forms, through computer technology and wearable devices to generate real and virtual combined environment and related human-computer interaction.
  • AR Augmented reality
  • MR Mixed reality
  • VR Virtual reality
  • the degree of virtuality from AR to VR gradually changes from weak to strong, from augmented reality with limited sensor input to fully immersive sensory presence.
  • the immersive experience of seamless transition between the virtual world and the real world can be realized, and the illusion of human vision, hearing or environment can be presented.
  • XR services have three characteristics, namely:
  • the XR service source will generate corresponding data packets at a certain refresh rate.
  • the refresh rate is 60FPS, which means that 60 data frames will be generated per second, and the time interval between each data frame is 16.67ms, that is, the arrival period is 16.67ms.
  • the refresh rate is 120FPS, which means that 120 data frames will be generated per second, and the time interval between each data frame is 8.33ms, that is, the arrival period is 8.33ms.
  • ms means milliseconds
  • FPS means frames per second (Frames Per Second).
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of periodic transmission of XR services in the prior art.
  • XR services include uplink (Uplink, UL), downlink (Downlink, DL), typical audio and video services, and the like.
  • the DL service arrives at 60 frames per second, that is, the arrival period is 16.67ms.
  • UL services including video stream (Video Stream), audio stream, UL attitude estimation data (Pose), etc.
  • the arrival period of the UL video stream service is 16.67ms
  • the period of the UL attitude estimation data service is more intensive, reaching 4ms for one attitude estimation data packet.
  • the data packet size of the XR service obeys the Pareto (Pareto) distribution, and the data packet size and delay jitter (Jitter) of the variable-rate video streaming service obey the characteristics of a truncated Gaussian distribution. At different times, the size of the data packet arriving by the XR service is variable.
  • Fig. 2 is the schematic diagram of the data arrival of XR service and the distribution of data packet business in the prior art, as shown in Fig. 2, the horizontal axis represents time (Time), the unit is millisecond (ms), and the vertical axis represents the size of data packet (Packet Size), the unit is kilobit (Kbit).
  • the size of the data packet of the XR service changes with time. Variety.
  • I-frame I-frame
  • P-frame video stream
  • Audio stream Audio Stream
  • pose estimation Pose/control (Control) data stream
  • QoS 5G Quality Instruction
  • the demand levels of different data streams may be different, and different data streams are independent of each other.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the transmission of different data streams in the XR service in the prior art, as shown in Figure 3, the solid line represents the transmission of data packets corresponding to QOS_1, the dotted line composed of dots represents the transmission of data packets corresponding to QOS_2, and the dots represent the transmission of data packets corresponding to QOS_2.
  • the dotted line formed by the sum line indicates the transmission of data packets corresponding to QOS_3, the arrow pointing from the terminal (User Equipment, UE) to the base station (gNB) indicates the transmission of uplink services, and the arrow pointing from the base station to the terminal indicates the transmission of downlink services.
  • the new air interface (New Radio, NR) supports uplink CG transmission, and the terminal can send PUSCH in the CG transmission opportunity by itself according to the pre-configuration of the base station.
  • CG scheduling is divided into configuration authorization type 1 (Configured Grant Type 1) and configuration authorization type 2 (Configured Grant Type 2).
  • the transmission parameters of PUSCH are configured by Radio Resource Control (RRC), including period, offset, time domain resources, frequency domain resources, etc., and periodic PUSCH transmission can be determined according to the configuration information Chance.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the transmission parameters of PUSCH are RRC and Physical Downlink Control Channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH) common configuration.
  • the RRC configures parameters such as period and offset, and the PDCCH activation signaling notifies the configured configuration grant type 2 activation and indicates scheduling information at the same time.
  • the terminal Only after receiving the activation signaling sent by the base station, the terminal can use the corresponding PUSCH resource to perform uplink CG transmission.
  • the PUSCH resource configured with grant type 2 may be released through the PDCCH deactivation signaling sent by the base station.
  • Fig. 4 is a transmission schematic diagram of configuration authorization type 2 in the prior art. As shown in Fig. 4, the horizontal axis represents time, the system frame number (System Frame Number, SFN) is 0, and the downlink control information (Downlink Control) is sent at the base station Information, DCI) After activation (Activation) signaling, the terminal performs periodic uplink CG transmission, New Transmission represents a new transmission, and Periodicity represents a transmission period.
  • SFN System Frame Number
  • DCI base station Information
  • NR supports downlink SPS transmission.
  • SPS scheduling is configured for each serving cell of Bandwidth Partial (BWP) through RRC signaling. Simultaneous activation of multiple allocations on the same BWP. Multiple allocation resources are activated on the same BWP at the same time, and the activation and deactivation of the downlink SPS are independent of each other.
  • BWP Bandwidth Partial
  • downlink resources are allocated by PDCCH, and the downlink resources are stored or cleared based on layer 1 signaling indicating SPS activation or deactivation.
  • RRC will configure the following parameters:
  • CS-RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • 2nrofHARQ-Processes the number of Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) processes configured for SPS;
  • 3harq-ProcID-Offset the offset of the HARQ process of SPS
  • 4periodicity The transmission period of the downlink resources configured by the SPS.
  • the Media Access Control (MAC) entity can determine the SFN and slot position of the subsequent Nth downlink resource by the following formula:
  • Number of Slots Per Frame indicates the number of slots per frame
  • SFNStart Time and SlotStart Time respectively indicate the SFN and time slot for the first transmission of PDSCH when configuring downlink resource initialization.
  • NR Rel-16 standardizes the multi-configuration scheme, mainly using multiple configurations to allow PUSCH configurations to support services such as the Industrial Internet.
  • a robot arm usually includes multiple actuators, multiple sensors and multiple monitors. The robot arm is usually only connected to one communication module.
  • NR needs to support multiple different types of data streams at the same time.
  • these data streams there may be various parameters such as period, arrival time, data block size, and performance requirements. various.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of multiple CGs supporting different data stream transmissions in the prior art. As shown in Figure 5, the horizontal axis represents time (time), and the vertical axis represents frequency (frequency). It is unlikely that one CG will be used for different types of data streams
  • the configuration can be realized by using multiple configurations to allow PUSCH configurations. Each configuration of permitted PUSCH configurations can have an independent cycle, time-frequency resource location, time-frequency resource size, modulation and coding strategy (Modulation and Coding Scheme, MCS) And other parameters, so as to not only meet the requirements of low latency and high reliability, but also improve the utilization rate of resources.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the period of delay-sensitive network services is small, and may not be an integer multiple of the number of time slots, while the minimum period of NR Rel-15SPS is 10ms, which cannot support delay-sensitive network services.
  • NR Rel-15 enhances SPS, supports a minimum period of one time slot, and can configure multiple SPS. Configure multiple SPS, if the SPS PDSCH activation position is appropriate, you can simulate a non-integer cycle.
  • configuring multiple SPS/CGs can not only solve the problem of non-integer period, but also enable multiple transmission opportunity to accommodate varying packet sizes.
  • the terminal can provide the base station with the amount of uplink data in the logical channel of the terminal through buffer status reporting (Buffer Status Reporting, BSR).
  • BSR Buffer Status Reporting
  • 3logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerApplied Application of logical channel status reporting (Status Reporting, SR) delay timer;
  • 4logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer logical channel SR delay timer
  • 5logicalChannelSR-Mask logical channel SR mask
  • Each logical channel knows which logical channel group (Logical Channel Group, LCG) it belongs to according to the parameter logicalChannelGroup, and the maximum number of LCGs is 8.
  • the terminal reports the BSR based on the LCG.
  • the BSR includes two types of bit fields, LCG identification (Identity, ID) and buffer data size (Buffer size). There is a one-to-one correspondence between LCG ID and Buffer size.
  • LCG ID indicates which LCG
  • the Buffer size indicates the data buffer size in the corresponding LCG. That is, the minimum granularity of the uplink data buffer size provided by the BSR is the LCG.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of multi-SPS/CG transmission of XR services in the prior art.
  • multi-CG/SPS transmission of XR services is configured in the prior art, because the SPS/CG period in the prior art cannot match the non-integer period of XR (such as 16.67ms), and in order to ensure the delay requirements of XR services and adapt to the size of XR data packets, the base station needs to configure dense SPS/CG for terminals according to the maximum data packet transmission requirements.
  • the sender can select multiple transmission opportunities to transmit data at a position close to the arrival time. Since the size of the XR data packet is not fixed, the size of the SPS/CG transmission resource required for each data packet transmission is not They are exactly the same, that is, the required numbers of SPS/CG transmission opportunities are not exactly the same. If the arriving data packet is small, only part of the resources of the SPS/CG may be enough to complete the transmission.
  • the sending end is a terminal
  • the terminal since the size of the XR data packet is not fixed, when the CG is configured according to the maximum demand and the size of the actually arrived XR data packet is small, the terminal only needs to send PUSCH in part of the CG transmission opportunities.
  • the BSR mechanism can only report the size of the data packet cached by the terminal, but cannot report the specific resource usage, such as which transmission opportunity (Transmission Opportunity, TO) of which CG the terminal is transmitting on, or even which resource block groups.
  • the base station does not know which CG resources have no data transmission, and cannot reallocate idle uplink resources, resulting in waste of resources.
  • the terminal can only inform the base station how many bits of uplink data are left. It needs to be transmitted, but the base station cannot know the actual resource usage of the terminal only by relying on the BSR.
  • the CG resource selection rules can only be preset between the base station and the terminal. Set rules, the terminal can only select resources according to the preset rules every time a data packet arrives, which greatly restricts the behavior of the terminal, and the selection of CG transmission opportunities cannot flexibly match the transmission of the current data packet.
  • the base station may only send the PDSCH in some SPS transmission opportunities. Although the base station knows which SPS resources are idle, it can use the idle resources for other purposes without using the problem of wasting CG resources. However, the terminal does not know which SPS resources have no data transmission, and still detects and receives each SPS transmission opportunity, resulting in waste of terminal power consumption and affecting user experience and terminal battery life.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a signaling transmission method, device, and storage medium.
  • the terminal sends indication information indicating the target transmission resource on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, so that the network equipment can Obtain the actual sending status of the resources reserved for CG within a period of time, so as to avoid waste of uplink CG resources or resource collision; or, the terminal receives the indication information indicating the target transmission resources on the downlink transmission resources configured by SPS, so that the terminal can know Whether it is necessary to detect received data on the target transmission resource to avoid unnecessary power consumption overhead.
  • the applicable system may be Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) general packet Wireless business (Aeneral Packet Radio Service, GPRS) system, Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (Frequency Division Duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (Time Division Duplex, TDD) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution Advanced (LTE-A) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) system, 5G New Radio (New Radio, NR) system, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • the name of the terminal equipment may be different.
  • the terminal equipment may be called User Equipment (UE).
  • the wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via the radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), and the wireless terminal equipment can be a mobile terminal equipment, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular "telephones) and computers with mobile terminal equipment, such as portable, pocket, hand-held, computer built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the radio access network.
  • Core Network Core Network
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • Wireless terminal equipment can also be called system, subscriber unit (Subscriber Unit), subscriber station (Subscriber Station), mobile station (Mobile Station), mobile station (Mobile), remote station (Remote Station), access point (Access Point) , Remote Terminal (Remote Terminal), Access Terminal (Access Terminal), User Terminal (User Terminal), User Agent (User Agent), and User Device (User Device), which are not limited in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a base station, and the base station may include multiple cells that provide services for terminals.
  • the base station can also be called an access point, or it can be a device in the access network that communicates with the wireless terminal device through one or more sectors on the air interface, or other names.
  • the network device can be used to interchange received over-the-air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets and act as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, which can include the Internet Protocol (IP) communication network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • Network devices may also coordinate attribute management for the air interface.
  • the device can be a network device (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), or it can be a bandwidth code division multiple access
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • the network equipment (NodeB) in Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) can also be the evolved network equipment (Evolutional Node B, eNB or e- NodeB), the 5G base station (gNB) in the 5G network architecture (Next Generation System), can also be the home evolution base station (Home evolved Node B, HeNB), relay node (Relay Node), home base station (Femto), pico base station (Pico), etc., are not limited in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • a network device may include a centralized unit (Centralized Unit, CU) node and a distributed unit (Distributed Unit, DU) node, and the centralized unit and the distributed unit may also be arranged geographically separately.
  • CU Centralized Unit
  • Fig. 7 is one of the schematic flow diagrams of the signaling transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 7, the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a signaling transmission method, the execution subject of which is a terminal, and the method includes at least the following steps:
  • Step 701 Send indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, or receive indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS; wherein, the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the terminal sends indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, where the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the terminal sends indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, so that the network device can know the actual usage of the CG resource by the terminal.
  • the terminal receives indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, where the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the terminal receives the indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, so that the terminal can know whether it needs to detect and receive data on the target transmission resource.
  • the target transmission resource may be a resource with data transmission or a resource without data transmission.
  • the target transmission resource is a resource with data transmission
  • the terminal sends indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, so that the network device determines the target transmission with data transmission according to the indication information Resources, so as to perform reallocation and other processing on the transmission resources other than the target transmission resources.
  • the target transmission resource is a resource without data transmission
  • the terminal sends indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, so that the network device determines the target transmission resource without data transmission according to the indication information, so that the uplink with higher priority
  • the target transmission resource is allocated to the higher priority business.
  • the target transmission resource is a resource for data transmission
  • the terminal receives indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by SPS, and the terminal determines the target transmission resource with data to be received according to the indication information, thereby skipping SPS transmission opportunities other than the target transmission resource detection reception.
  • the target transmission resource is a resource without data transmission
  • the terminal receives indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, and the terminal determines the target transmission resource without data to be received according to the indication information, thereby skipping the reception detection of the target transmission resource.
  • the terminal sends the indication information indicating the target transmission resource on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, so that the network device can obtain the actual transmission status of the resource reserved for the CG within a period of time, so as to Avoid uplink CG resource waste or resource collision; or, the terminal receives indication information indicating the target transmission resource on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, so that the terminal can know whether to detect and receive data on the target transmission resource, so as to avoid unnecessary power overhead.
  • the indication information is sent on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, including:
  • the indication information is sent on the first set of uplink CG resources, the target transmission resource includes the second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association relationship between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources.
  • the terminal sends indication information on the first set of uplink CG resources, the indication information is used to indicate target transmission resources, and the target transmission resources include the second set of uplink CG resources, the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources There is a first relationship between them.
  • the first uplink CG resource set is a set composed of part or all of the CG resources for data transmission.
  • the second uplink CG resource set can be a set of all CG resources with data transmission; it can also be a set of some or all CG resources without data transmission; it can also be CG resources with data transmission and CG resources without data transmission
  • a collection of resources, CG resources with data transmission and CG resources without data transmission can be distinguished by different bits of the indication information, for example, bit "1" indicates that the corresponding CG resource has data transmission, and bit "0" indicates that the corresponding CG resource no data sent deliver.
  • the first uplink CG resource set is determined through the period and offset configured by signaling of the network device.
  • the first uplink CG resource set corresponds to one or more CGs
  • the second uplink CG resource set corresponds to one or more CGs.
  • the first set of uplink CG resources may be a subset of the second set of uplink CG resources.
  • the terminal sends indication information on the first set of uplink CG resources to indicate the second set of uplink CG resources, so that the network device can determine the CG resources of the terminal according to the second set of uplink CG resources Actual usage, so that idle CG resources can be reallocated, or CG resources with data transmission can be avoided.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first association relationship between the first uplink CG resource set and the second uplink CG resource set may be: the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal is configured with one or more CGs for transmitting services.
  • the configuration parameters of the CG include the CG group identifier, the CG transmission period, and the like.
  • CGs sharing a CG group identifier form a CG group.
  • the CG group identity is configured by the network device through signaling, for example, through RRC signaling, through DCI activation signaling, and so on. Both the first uplink CG resource set and the second uplink CG resource set in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be subsets of one CG group.
  • the terminal can determine the CGs belonging to the same CG group according to the CG group identifier.
  • the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources may be associated by configuring the same first parameter, and the first parameter includes at least one of the following items:
  • the CG group identifier, the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set both have the same CG group identifier and belong to one CG group.
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set have the same CG transmission period.
  • sending indication information on the first uplink CG resource set includes:
  • the uplink shared channel PUSCH is sent on the first uplink CG resource set, and the PUSCH carries indication information.
  • a PUSCH is sent on the first uplink CG resource set, and the PUSCH carries indication information.
  • indication information is carried in a Media Access Control Element (MAC CE) of the PUSCH.
  • MAC CE Media Access Control Element
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the terminal determines the transmission opportunities of all CGs in the CG group, and determines the transmission opportunities of the CGs belonging to the same CG group according to the CG group identifier.
  • the terminal sends indication information on the first uplink CG resource set.
  • the first uplink CG resource set may include all CG transmission opportunities used for data-carried PUSCH transmission, and the first uplink CG resource set may also include data-carried PUSCH. The fraction of CG transmission opportunities used by the transmission.
  • some or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the first CG transmission opportunity used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, and the first moment is determined by the network A first cycle and a first offset for device configuration are determined.
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the CG transmission opportunity in the first uplink CG resource set may include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing after the first moment.
  • the first moment may be determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • some or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearers include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the number of CG transmission opportunities in the first uplink CG resource set is one or more.
  • some or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing include all CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, and the first time window
  • the start point and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the CG transmission opportunities in the first uplink CG resource set may include all CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first time window.
  • the starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end point of the first time window may be determined according to the time point when the terminal receives the HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request-Acknowledge, HARQ-ACK) feedback indicating that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • HARQ-ACK Hybrid Automatic Repeat request-Acknowledge, HARQ-ACK
  • the end of the first time window may be a time point when the terminal receives the first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the end point of the first time window may be a time point after the terminal receives the first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the decoding of the PUSCH carrying the indication information is correct.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • one CG corresponds to one or more CG transmission opportunities
  • one CG transmission opportunity corresponds to one or more resource block groups.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the granularity of the target transmission resource may be a CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set, and the granularity of the target transmission resource may also be a resource in a CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set. block group.
  • the indication information may include indication bit fields of different levels, which are used to indicate whether there is data transmission on the target transmission resources of different granularities.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field, and the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity. For example, bit “1" indicates that there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set, and bit "0" indicates that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a second-level indication bit field, and the second-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group on the CG transmission opportunity.
  • bit “1” indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set
  • bit "0" indicates that there is no data on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set send.
  • the indication information includes a first level indication bit field and a second level indication bit field, the first level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group on the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the bit in the first-level indication bit field when the bit in the first-level indication bit field is "1", it needs to be combined with the second-level bit field to determine whether there is data to send, and when the bit in the first-level indication bit field is "0", it indicates that the corresponding second There is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity in the uplink CG resource set;
  • the second-level indication bit field includes index bits and indication bits, and the index bit indicates that the current second-level indication bit field corresponds to the "1" bit in the first-level indication bit field , the indication bit "0” indicates that there is no data transmission on the resource block group on the corresponding CG transmission opportunity, and the indication bit "1" indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the corresponding CG transmission opportunity.
  • receiving the indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the semi-persistent scheduling SPS includes:
  • the indication information is received on the first set of downlink SPS resources, the target transmission resource includes the second set of downlink SPS resources, and there is a second association relationship between the first set of downlink SPS resources and the second set of downlink SPS resources.
  • the terminal receives indication information on the first set of downlink SPS resources, where the indication information is used to indicate target transmission resources, and the target transmission resources include the second set of downlink SPS resources, the first set of downlink SPS resources and the second set of downlink SPS resources There is a second association relationship between the collections.
  • the first downlink SPS resource set is a set composed of some or all SPS resources with data to be received.
  • the second downlink SPS resource set can be a set of all SPS resources with data to be received; it can also be a set of some or all SPS resources without data to be received; it can also be a set of SPS resources with data to be received and no data
  • SPS resources with data to be received and SPS resources without data to be received can be distinguished by different bits of the indication information. For example, bit "1" indicates that there is data to be received, and bit "0" Indicates that no data is pending.
  • the first downlink SPS resource set is determined through the period and offset configured by signaling of the network device.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources corresponds to one or more SPSs
  • the second set of downlink SPS resources corresponds to one or more SPSs.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources may be a subset of the second set of downlink SPS resources.
  • a second association relationship exists between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set by configuring the same parameters on the network device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal can skip the second downlink SPS resource set. Detection reception of SPS transmission opportunities in the set.
  • the terminal can skip the SPS other than the second downlink SPS resource set Detection of transmission opportunities received.
  • the terminal receives indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set, and the indication information is used to indicate the second downlink SPS resource set, and the terminal can skip pairing based on the second downlink SPS resource set. Detection and reception of SPS transmission opportunities without data to be received. In scenarios such as SPS intensive configuration, the terminal does not need to perform PUSCH detection and reception in SPS transmission opportunities with no data to be received, which can avoid unnecessary terminal power consumption overhead and improve User experience and delayed terminal battery life.
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the first association relationship between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set may be: the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set are configured with The same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal is configured with one or more SPSs for transmitting services.
  • the configuration parameters of the SPS include the SPS group identifier, the SPS transmission period, and the like. SPSs sharing an SPS group identifier form an SPS group.
  • the SPS group identifier is configured by a network device through signaling, for example, through RRC signaling, through DCI activation signaling, and so on. Both the first set of downlink SPS resources and the second set of downlink SPS resources in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be subsets of one SPS group.
  • the terminal can determine the SPSs belonging to the same SPS group according to the SPS group identifier.
  • the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set may be associated by configuring the same second parameter, and the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the SPS group identifier, the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set both have the same SPS group identifier and belong to one SPS group.
  • the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set have the same SPS transmission period.
  • receiving indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set includes:
  • the downlink shared channel PDSCH is received on the first downlink SPS resource set, and the PDSCH carries indication information.
  • the PDSCH is received on the first downlink SPS resource set, and the PDSCH carries indication information.
  • the indication information is carried in the MAC CE of the PDSCH.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the terminal determines the transmission opportunities of all SPSs in the SPS group, and determines the transmission opportunities of the SPSs belonging to the same SPS group according to the SPS group identifier.
  • the terminal receives the indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set.
  • the first downlink SPS resource set may contain all SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission of the data bearer, and the first downlink SPS resource set may also contain data. Part of the SPS transmission opportunity used for the PDSCH transmission of the bearer.
  • some or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunity used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second period configured by the network device at the second moment and The second offset is determined.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearers.
  • the SPS transmission opportunity in the first downlink SPS resource set may include the SPS transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing after the second moment.
  • the second moment may be determined by a second period and a second offset configured by the network device.
  • some or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearers.
  • the number of SPS transmission opportunities in the first downlink SPS resource set is one or more.
  • some or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set within the second time window, and the starting point and length of the second time window are configured by the network device or protocol predefined.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the SPS transmission opportunities in the first downlink SPS resource set may include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the second time window.
  • the start point and length of the second time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end point of the second time window may be determined according to the time point when the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK feedback indicating that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the end point of the second time window may be a time point when the terminal sends the second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the end of the second time window may be a time point after the terminal sends the second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • one SPS corresponds to one or more SPS transmission opportunities
  • one SPS transmission opportunity corresponds to one or more resource block groups.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource, the granularity of the target transmission resource may be the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set, and the granularity of the target transmission resource may also be the resource in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set block group.
  • the indication information may include indication bit fields of different levels, which are used to indicate whether there is data transmission on the target transmission resources of different granularities.
  • the terminal may determine whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set according to the indication information.
  • the terminal can determine whether there is a resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set according to the indication information Data is pending reception.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field, and the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • bit “1” indicates that there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set
  • bit "0" indicates that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a fourth-level indication bit field, and the fourth-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group on the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • bit “1” indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set
  • bit "0" indicates that there is no data on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set. Data is pending reception.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level indication bit field is used to indicate SPS transmission No data is pending on the resource block group on the opportunity.
  • the bit in the third-level indication bit field when the bit in the third-level indication bit field is "1", it needs to be combined with the fourth-level bit field to determine whether there is data to be received; when the bit in the third-level indication bit field is "0", it indicates that the corresponding There is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set; the fourth-level indication bit field includes index bits and indication bits, and the index bit indicates that the current fourth-level indication bit field corresponds to "1" in the third-level indication bit field.
  • the position of the "bit, the indication bit "0” indicates that there is no data to be received on the resource block group on the corresponding SPS transmission opportunity, and the indication bit "1" indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the corresponding SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within the third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within the third time window.
  • the terminal sends indication information on the first uplink CG resource set, where the indication information is used to indicate CG resources within the third time window that have the same CG group identifier as the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set.
  • the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the terminal receives the RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling configuration CG parameters include the start point and length information of the third time window.
  • the terminal receives the CG to activate the DCI, and acquires the start point and length information of the third time window.
  • the network device can flexibly change the time range that the terminal needs to indicate according to the configuration.
  • the starting point of the third time window may be the next time slot of the time domain position of the first uplink CG resource set, and the length of the third time window is the transmission period or transmission period of the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set the maximum value.
  • the terminal receives indication information on the first set of downlink SPS resources, where the indication information is used to indicate the SPS resources corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources in the third time window and having the same SPS group identifier.
  • the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the terminal receives the RRC signaling, and the RRC signaling configures SPS parameters including information about the start point and length of the third time window.
  • the terminal receives the SPS activation DCI, and acquires the starting point and length information of the third time window.
  • the network device can flexibly change the time range that the terminal needs to indicate according to the configuration.
  • the starting point of the third time window may be the next time slot of the time domain position of the first downlink SPS resource set, and the length of the third time window is the transmission period of the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set or The maximum value of the transfer period.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured through the network device.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities can be configured as a predetermined number by the network device; the maximum number of transmission opportunities can also be configured by the network device, and the sending end device selects the actual number to be indicated by itself.
  • the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and the number of CG transmission opportunities in the second set of uplink CG resources is configured as a predetermined number by the network device; or, the maximum number of CG transmission opportunities that can be indicated by the network device configuration is 10 , the second uplink CG resource set actually indicated by the terminal includes 8 CG transmission opportunities.
  • the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and the number of SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource is configured as a predetermined number through the network device; or, the maximum number of SPS transmission opportunities that can be indicated by the network device configuration is 20,
  • the second downlink SPS resource set actually indicated by the network device includes 17 SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the terminal sends the indication information indicating the target transmission resource on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, so that the network device can obtain the actual transmission status of the resource reserved for the CG within a period of time, so as to Avoid uplink CG resource waste or resource collision; or, the terminal receives indication information indicating the target transmission resource on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, so that the terminal can know whether to detect and receive data on the target transmission resource, so as to avoid unnecessary power overhead.
  • FIG. 8 is the second schematic flow diagram of the signaling transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. Including the following steps:
  • Step 801 Receive indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG, or, configure The indication information is sent on the downlink transmission resource; wherein, the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the network device receives indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, where the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the network device can know the actual use of the CG resource by the terminal by receiving the indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG.
  • the network device sends indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, where the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the network device sends indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, so that the terminal can know whether it needs to detect and receive data on the target transmission resource.
  • the target transmission resource may be a resource with data transmission or a resource without data transmission.
  • the target transmission resource is a resource with data transmission
  • the network device receives the indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, and the network device determines the target transmission resource with data transmission according to the indication information, so as to perform transmission on the transmission resources other than the target transmission resource. Redistribution and other processing.
  • the target transmission resource is a resource without data transmission
  • the network device receives the indication information on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, and the network device determines the target transmission resource without data transmission according to the indication information, so that the uplink service with higher priority Allocate target transmission resources to higher priority traffic upon arrival.
  • the target transmission resource is a resource for data transmission
  • the network device sends indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, so that the terminal can determine the target transmission resource with data to be received according to the indication information, thereby skipping the resources other than the target transmission resource. Detection reception of SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the target transmission resource is a resource without data transmission
  • the network device sends indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, so that the terminal determines the target transmission resource that has no data to be received according to the indication information, thereby skipping the reception of the target transmission resource detection.
  • the network device receives the indication information indicating the target transmission resource on the uplink transmission resource configured by the CG, so that the network device can obtain the actual transmission status of the resource reserved for the CG within a period of time, To avoid waste of uplink CG resources or resource collision; or, the network device sends indication information indicating the target transmission resource on the downlink transmission resource configured by the SPS, so that the terminal can know whether it is necessary to detect and receive data on the target transmission resource, so as to avoid unnecessary Necessary power overhead.
  • receiving indication information on uplink transmission resources configured by the CG includes:
  • the indication information is received on the first set of uplink CG resources, the target transmission resource includes the second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first relationship between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources association relationship.
  • the network device may configure the second set of uplink CG resources to reassign. Or, when a service with a higher priority arrives, the network device may avoid allocating CG resources other than the second uplink CG resource set to the service with a higher priority.
  • the network device may perform CG resources other than the second uplink CG resource set reallocate. Or, when a service with a higher priority arrives, the network device may avoid allocating the CG resources in the second uplink CG resource set to the service with a higher priority.
  • the network device receives indication information on the first uplink CG resource set, and the indication information is used to indicate the second uplink CG resource set, and the network device can know the future based on the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the network device allocates the uplink resources indicated by the terminal without data transmission, which effectively avoids the waste of uplink resources caused by dense configuration of multiple CGs, and can improve capacity; on the other hand, when a higher-priority uplink service arrives, the network device can avoid allocating CG reserved resources with data transmission to the higher-priority service, avoiding the reliability degradation caused by resource collision.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device configures the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set to have the same first parameter, such as the same CG group identifier, such as the same CG transmission period.
  • receiving indication information on the first uplink CG resource set includes:
  • the PUSCH is received on the first uplink CG resource set, and the PUSCH carries indication information.
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • some or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the first CG transmission opportunity used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, and the first moment is determined by the network A first cycle and a first offset for device configuration are determined.
  • some or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearers include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • some or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing include all CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, and the first time window
  • the start point and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is the time point when the network device sends the first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the decoding of the PUSCH carrying the indication information is correct.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point after the network device sends the first HARQ-QCK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level indication bit field is used to indicate There is no data to be received on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • sending indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS including:
  • the indication information is sent on the first set of downlink SPS resources, the target transmission resource includes the second set of downlink SPS resources, and there is a second association relationship between the first set of downlink SPS resources and the second set of downlink SPS resources.
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device configures the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set to have the same second parameter, such as the same SPS group identifier, such as the same SPS transmission period.
  • sending indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS including:
  • the PDSCH is sent on the first downlink SPS resource set, and the PDSCH carries indication information.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • some or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunity used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second period configured by the network device at the second moment and The second offset is determined.
  • some or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • some or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set within the second time window, and the starting point and length of the second time window are configured by the network device or protocol predefined.
  • the end of the second time window is the time point when the network device receives the second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point after the network device receives the second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level indication bit field is used to indicate SPS No data is sent on the resource block group in the transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within the third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the starting point of the third time window is the next time slot of the time domain position of the first uplink CG resource set, and the length of the third time window is the transmission period or transmission period of the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set maximum value.
  • the starting point of the third time window is the next time slot of the time domain position of the first downlink SPS resource set, and the length of the third time window is the transmission cycle or transmission period of the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set maximum period.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured through the network device.
  • the base station configures the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set to have the same CG group identifier through signaling, and the terminal sends indication information on the first uplink CG resource set, indicating that within the third time window The second uplink CG resource set.
  • Fig. 9 is one of the schematic diagrams of the CG group transmission XR service provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig.
  • the base station configures the first CG group and the second CG group, the first CG group includes three CGs, and the first CG group
  • the group is used to transmit XR video stream uplink traffic (XR UL video traffic)
  • the second CG group is used to transmit XR pose estimation uplink traffic (XR UL pose traffic).
  • the terminal sends a PUSCH on the first uplink CG resource set, where the PUSCH carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the second uplink CG resource set within the third time window.
  • the base station determines whether there is data transmission on the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information, or determines whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window, or determines Whether there is data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and/or a second bit field.
  • the first bit field is used to indicate whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity
  • the second bit field is used to indicate whether there is data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity. data sent.
  • Figure 10 is one of the schematic diagrams of the bit fields included in the indication information during the CG/SPS group transmission XR service process provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the indication information includes the first bit field, and the base station according to the indication The information determines the CG transmission in the second uplink CG resource set within the third time window Whether there is data transmission on the opportunity, bit "1" indicates that there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set, and bit "0" indicates that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and a second bit field
  • the base station determines the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data to send.
  • the bit in the first bit field When the bit in the first bit field is "1”, it needs to be combined with the second bit field to determine whether there is data transmission.
  • the bit in the first bit field When the bit in the first bit field is "0”, it indicates the CG in the corresponding second uplink CG resource set No data is sent on the transmission opportunity; the second bit field includes an index bit and an indication bit, the index bit indicates the position of the current second bit field corresponding to the "1" bit in the first bit field, and the indication bit "0” indicates the corresponding CG transmission There is no data transmission on the resource block group on the opportunity, and the indication bit "1" indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the corresponding CG transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information includes a second bit field, and the base station determines whether there is data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information .
  • Bit “1” indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set, and bit “0" indicates that there is no data transmission on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the base station receives the PUSCH sent by the terminal on the first uplink CG resource set, and determines which CG transmission opportunities or which resource block groups the terminal has no data transmission on the second uplink CG resource set through the indication information carried by the PUSCH, that is, determines the idle CG resource. If different CGs overlap at the same resource, but these CGs are not related to each other, the base station needs to receive multiple indication information and confirm that all CGs have no data to send at the overlapping position, so as to determine that the CG resource at the overlapping position is Free CG resources.
  • the base station may use the idle CG resources for other uplink transmissions, for example, dynamically scheduling the terminal to transmit uplink data on the idle CG resources.
  • the base station configures the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set to have the same CG group identifier through signaling, and the terminal sends indication information on the first uplink CG resource set to indicate that the second uplink CG resource
  • the set has no data to send, and the second uplink CG resource set contains includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number or maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by the base station.
  • Fig. 11 is the second schematic diagram of the CG group transmission XR service provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 11 , the base station configures the first CG group and the second CG group. The group is used to transmit XR video stream uplink traffic (XR UL video traffic), and the second CG group is used to transmit XR pose estimation uplink traffic (XR UL pose traffic).
  • XR UL video traffic XR UL video traffic
  • XR UL pose estimation uplink traffic XR UL pose traffic
  • the base station determines whether there is data transmission on the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information, or determines whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window, or determines Whether there is data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window.
  • Figure 12 is the second schematic diagram of the bit fields included in the indication information in the CG/SPS group transmission XR service process provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the indication information includes the first bit field and the second bit field , the base station determines that the number of CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set is 2 according to the first bit field; the second bit field indicates whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set, and the bit "1 " indicates that there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set, and the bit "0" indicates that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field, a second bit field and a third bit field, and the base station determines the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set according to the indication information. Whether there is data to send.
  • the base station determines that the number of CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set is 2 according to the first bit field.
  • the bit in the second bit field is "1”
  • the bit in the second bit field is "0”
  • the third bit field includes index bits and indicator bits, index The bit indicates that the current third bit field corresponds to the position of the "1" bit in the second bit field, the indication bit "0” indicates that there is no data transmission on the resource block group on the corresponding CG transmission opportunity, and the indication bit "1” indicates the corresponding Data is sent on resource block groups on CG transmission opportunities.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and a third bit field
  • the base station determines the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data to send.
  • the base station determines that the number of CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set is 2 according to the first bit field.
  • Bit "1" in the third bit field indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set, and bit "0" indicates that the resource block on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set No data is sent on the group.
  • the base station receives the PUSCH sent by the terminal on the first uplink CG resource set, and determines which CG transmission opportunities or which resource block groups the terminal has no data transmission on the second uplink CG resource set through the indication information carried by the PUSCH, that is, determines the idle CG resource. If different CGs overlap at the same resource, but these CGs are not related to each other, the base station needs to receive multiple indication information and confirm that all CGs have no data to send at the overlapping position, so as to determine that the CG resource at the overlapping position is Free CG resources.
  • the base station may use the idle CG resources for other uplink transmissions, for example, dynamically scheduling the terminal to transmit uplink data on the idle CG resources.
  • the base station configures the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set to have the same CG transmission cycle through signaling, and the terminal sends indication information on the first uplink CG resource set to indicate the second uplink CG resource No data is sent in the set, and the second uplink CG resource set includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number or maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by the base station.
  • Fig. 13 is the third schematic diagram of the CG group transmission XR service provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 13 , the base station configures the first CG group and the second CG group. The first group is used to transmit XR video stream uplink traffic (XR UL video traffic), and the second CG group is used to transmit XR pose estimation uplink traffic (XR UL pose traffic).
  • XR UL video traffic XR UL video traffic
  • XR UL pose estimation uplink traffic XR UL pose traffic
  • the terminal sends PUSCH on the first uplink CG resource set, and the PUSCH carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the second uplink CG resource set, the second uplink CG resource set includes one or more CG transmission opportunities, and the number of CG transmission opportunities is Nmax.
  • the base station determines whether there is data transmission on the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information, or determines whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window, or determines Whether there is data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window.
  • the schematic diagram of the bit fields included in the indication information during the transmission of the XR service by the CG group can refer to Figure 12.
  • the indication information includes the first bit field and the second bit field.
  • the field determines that the number of CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set is 2; the second bit field indicates whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set, and the bit "1" indicates that the corresponding second uplink There is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity of the CG resource set, and the bit "0" indicates that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field, a second bit field and a third bit field, and the base station determines the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set according to the indication information. Whether there is data to send.
  • the base station determines that the number of CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set is 2 according to the first bit field.
  • the bit in the second bit field is "1”
  • the bit in the second bit field is "0”
  • the third bit field includes an index bit and an indication bit
  • the index bit indicates the position of the current third bit field corresponding to the "1" bit in the second bit field
  • the indication bit "0” indicates the corresponding CG transmission
  • the indication bit "1" indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the corresponding CG transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and a third bit field
  • the base station determines the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data to send.
  • the base station determines that the number of CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set is 2 according to the first bit field.
  • Bit "1" in the third bit field indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set, and bit "0" indicates that the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set No data is sent on the resource block group on the loser.
  • the base station receives the PUSCH sent by the terminal on the first uplink CG resource set, and determines which CG transmission opportunities or which resource block groups the terminal has no data transmission on the second uplink CG resource set through the indication information carried by the PUSCH, that is, determines the idle CG resource. If different CGs overlap at the same resource, but these CGs are not related to each other, the base station needs to receive multiple indication information and confirm that all CGs have no data to send at the overlapping position, so as to determine that the CG resource at the overlapping position is Free CG resources.
  • the base station may use the idle CG resources for other uplink transmissions, for example, dynamically scheduling the terminal to transmit uplink data on the idle CG resources.
  • the base station configures the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set to have the same CG transmission cycle through signaling, and the terminal sends indication information on the first uplink CG resource set, indicating that within the third time window No data is sent in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • Fig. 14 is the fourth schematic diagram of the CG group transmission XR service provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the base station configures the first CG group and the second CG group.
  • the second CG group is used to transmit XR video stream uplink traffic (XR UL video traffic), and the second CG group is used to transmit XR pose estimation uplink traffic (XR UL pose traffic).
  • the terminal sends a PUSCH on the first uplink CG resource set, where the PUSCH carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the second uplink CG resource set within the third time window.
  • the base station determines whether there is data transmission on the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information, or determines whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window, or determines Whether there is data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and/or a second bit field.
  • the first bit field is used to indicate whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity
  • the second bit field is used to indicate whether there is data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity. data sent.
  • the schematic diagram of the bit fields included in the indication information during the transmission of the XR service by the CG group can refer to Figure 10, as shown in Figure 10(a), the indication information includes the first bit field, and the base station The information determines whether there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window, bit "1" indicates that there is data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set, bit "0" Indicates that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and a second bit field
  • the base station determines the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data to send.
  • the bit in the first bit field When the bit in the first bit field is "1”, it needs to be combined with the second bit field to determine whether there is data transmission.
  • the bit in the first bit field When the bit in the first bit field is "0”, it indicates the CG in the corresponding second uplink CG resource set No data is sent on the transmission opportunity; the second bit field includes an index bit and an indication bit, the index bit indicates the position of the current second bit field corresponding to the "1" bit in the first bit field, and the indication bit "0” indicates the corresponding CG transmission There is no data transmission on the resource block group on the opportunity, and the indication bit "1" indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the corresponding CG transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information includes a second bit field, and the base station determines whether there is data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity in the second uplink CG resource set in the third time window according to the indication information .
  • Bit “1” indicates that there is data transmission on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set, and bit “0" indicates that there is no data transmission on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the base station receives the PUSCH sent by the terminal on the first uplink CG resource set, and determines which CG transmission opportunities or which resource block groups the terminal has no data transmission on the second uplink CG resource set through the indication information carried by the PUSCH, that is, determines the idle CG resource. If different CGs overlap at the same resource, but these CGs are not related to each other, the base station needs to receive multiple indication information and confirm that all CGs have no data to send at the overlapping position, so as to determine that the CG resource at the overlapping position is Free CG resources.
  • the base station may use the idle CG resources for other uplink transmissions, for example, dynamically scheduling the terminal to transmit uplink data on the idle CG resources.
  • the base station configures the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set to have the same SPS group identifier through signaling, and the terminal on the first downlink SPS resource set
  • the indication information is received, indicating that there is no data to be received in the second downlink SPS resource set within the third time window.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of the SPS group transmission XR service provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the base station configures the first SPS group to transmit the XR video stream downlink service (XR DL video traffic), and the first SPS group includes three SPS.
  • the terminal receives the PDSCH on the first downlink SPS resource set, where the PDSCH carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the second downlink SPS resource set within the third time window.
  • the terminal determines whether there is data to be received on the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information, or determines whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window, Or determine whether there is data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set within the third time window.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and/or a second bit field, the first bit field is used to indicate whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the second bit field is used to indicate whether the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity There is data to be received.
  • the schematic diagram of the bit fields included in the indication information during the transmission of the XR service by the CG group can refer to Figure 10, as shown in Figure 10(a), the indication information includes the first bit field, and the terminal determines the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the second downlink SPS resource set, bit "1" indicates that there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set, and bit "0" indicates that there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set. There is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity of the downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and a second bit field
  • the terminal determines the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data waiting to be received.
  • the bit in the first bit field When the bit in the first bit field is "1", it needs to be combined with the second bit field to determine whether there is data to be received.
  • the bit in the first bit field When the bit in the first bit field is "0", it indicates that the corresponding second downlink SPS resource set There is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity;
  • the second bit field includes an index bit and an indication bit, the index bit indicates the position of the current second bit field corresponding to the "1" bit in the first bit field, and the indication bit “0” indicates the corresponding No data is pending on the resource block group on the SPS transmission opportunity, indicating bit "1” indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the corresponding SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information includes a second bit field, and the terminal determines whether there is data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information. take over.
  • Bit “1” indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set, and bit “0" indicates that there is no data to be received on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set take over.
  • the terminal receives the PDSCH sent by the base station on the first downlink SPS resource set, and determines which SPS transmission opportunities or which resource block groups the terminal has no data to receive on the second downlink SPS resource set through the indication information carried by the PDSCH, that is, determine Whether these SPS transmission opportunities need to be detected and received.
  • the terminal does not need to perform PDSCH detection and reception in SPS transmission opportunities where there is no data to be received, which can avoid unnecessary terminal power consumption overhead, improve user experience and prolong terminal battery life.
  • the base station configures the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set to have the same SPS group identifier through signaling, and the terminal receives indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set to indicate the second downlink SPS resource set There is no data to be received in the SPS resource set, and the second downlink SPS resource set includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number or maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by the base station.
  • the base station configures the maximum number of SPS transmission opportunities as Nmax.
  • the base station configures the first SPS group to transmit the XR video stream downlink service, and the first SPS group includes three SPSs.
  • the terminal receives the PDSCH on the first downlink SPS resource set, and the PDSCH carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the second downlink SPS resource set, and the second downlink SPS resource set includes one or more SPS transmission opportunities, and the SPS transmission opportunity
  • the quantity is Nmax. Both the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set belong to the first SPS group.
  • the terminal determines whether there is data to be received on the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information, or determines whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window, Or determine whether there is data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set within the third time window.
  • the schematic diagram of the bit fields included in the indication information during the transmission of the XR service by the SPS group can refer to Figure 12, as shown in Figure 12(a), the indication information includes the first bit field and the second bit field, and the terminal
  • the field determines that the number of SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set is 2; the second bit field indicates whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set, and the bit "1" indicates that the corresponding second There is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity of the downlink SPS resource set, and the bit "0" indicates that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field, a second bit field and a third bit field, and the terminal determines the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set according to the indication information Whether there is data to be received.
  • the terminal determines that the number of SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set is 2 according to the first bit field.
  • the bit in the second bit field is "1”
  • the bit in the second bit field is "0”
  • the third bit field includes an index bit and an indication bit
  • the index bit indicates that the current third bit field corresponds to the position of the "1" bit in the second bit field
  • the indication bit "0” indicates the corresponding There is no data to be received on the resource block group on the SPS transmission opportunity
  • the indication bit "1" indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the corresponding SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and a third bit field
  • the terminal determines the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data waiting to be received.
  • the terminal determines that the number of SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set is 2 according to the first bit field.
  • Bit "1" in the third bit field indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set, and bit "0" indicates the resource on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set No data is pending on the block group.
  • the terminal receives the PDSCH sent by the base station on the first downlink SPS resource set, and determines which SPS transmission opportunities or which resource block groups the terminal has no data to receive on the second downlink SPS resource set through the indication information carried by the PDSCH, that is, determine Whether these SPS transmission opportunities need to be detected and received. For the scenario where SPS is intensively configured, the terminal can not use the SPS where there is no data to be received. The detection and reception of the PDSCH during the transmission opportunity can avoid unnecessary power consumption of the terminal, improve user experience and prolong the battery life of the terminal.
  • the base station configures the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set to have the same SPS transmission cycle through signaling, and the terminal receives indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set, indicating that the second downlink SPS resource set There is no data to be received in the SPS resource set, and the second downlink SPS resource set includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number or maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by the base station.
  • the base station configures the maximum number of SPS transmission opportunities as Nmax.
  • the base station configures the first SPS group to transmit the XR video stream downlink service, and the first SPS group includes three SPSs.
  • the terminal receives the PDSCH on the first downlink SPS resource set, and the PDSCH carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the second downlink SPS resource set, and the second downlink SPS resource set includes one or more SPS transmission opportunities, and the SPS transmission opportunity
  • the quantity is Nmax.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources and the second set of downlink SPS resources belong to the first SPS group.
  • the base station determines whether there is data to be received on the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information, or determines whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window, Or determine whether there is data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set within the third time window.
  • the schematic diagram of the bit fields included in the indication information during the transmission of the XR service by the SPS group can refer to Figure 12, as shown in Figure 12(a), the indication information includes the first bit field and the second bit field, and the terminal
  • the field determines that the number of SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set is 2; the second bit field indicates whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set, and the bit "1" indicates that the corresponding second There is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity of the downlink SPS resource set, and the bit "0" indicates that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field, a second bit field and a third bit field, and the terminal determines the SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set according to the indication information Whether there is data to be received on the resource block group.
  • the terminal determines that the number of SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set is 2 according to the first bit field.
  • the bit in the second bit field is "1”
  • the bit in the second bit field is "0”
  • the third bit field includes an index bit and an indication bit
  • the index bit indicates that the current third bit field corresponds to the position of the "1" bit in the second bit field
  • the indication bit "0” indicates the corresponding There is no data to be received on the resource block group on the SPS transmission opportunity
  • the indication bit "1" indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the corresponding SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and a third bit field
  • the terminal determines the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data waiting to be received.
  • the terminal determines that the number of SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set is 2 according to the first bit field.
  • Bit "1" in the third bit field indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set, and bit "0" indicates the resource on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set No data is pending on the block group.
  • the terminal receives the PDSCH sent by the base station on the first downlink SPS resource set, and determines which SPS transmission opportunities or which resource block groups the terminal has no data to receive on the second downlink SPS resource set through the indication information carried by the PDSCH, that is, determine Whether these SPS transmission opportunities need to be detected and received.
  • the terminal does not need to perform PDSCH detection and reception in SPS transmission opportunities where there is no data to be received, which can avoid unnecessary terminal power consumption overhead, improve user experience and prolong terminal battery life.
  • the base station configures the SPS corresponding to the first downlink SPS resource set and the SPS corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set to have the same SPS transmission cycle through signaling, and the terminal receives indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set, indicating the third time
  • the second downlink SPS resource set within the window has no data to be received.
  • the base station terminal agreement stipulates that the starting point of the third time window is the next time slot determined to be the time domain position of the SPS transmission opportunity in the first downlink SPS resource set, and the length is the first downlink SPS resource set
  • the maximum value of the transmission period of the SPS corresponding to the set is taken as an example.
  • FIG 15 for the schematic diagram of the SPS group transmission of XR services in this example.
  • the base station configures the first SPS group transmission To transmit XR video stream downlink services, the first SPS group includes three SPSs.
  • the terminal receives the PDSCH on the first downlink SPS resource set, where the PDSCH carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the second downlink SPS resource set within the third time window.
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources and the second set of SPS resources belong to the first SPS group.
  • the terminal determines whether there is data to be received on the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information, or determines whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window, Or determine whether there is data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set within the third time window.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and/or a second bit field, the first bit field is used to indicate whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the second bit field is used to indicate whether the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity There is data to be received.
  • the schematic diagram of the bit fields included in the indication information during the transmission of the XR service by the CG group can refer to Figure 10, as shown in Figure 10(a), the indication information includes the first bit field, and the terminal determines the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the second downlink SPS resource set, bit "1" indicates that there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set, and bit "0" indicates that there is data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set. There is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity of the downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first bit field and a second bit field
  • the terminal determines the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information Whether there is data waiting to be received.
  • the bit in the first bit field When the bit in the first bit field is "1", it needs to be combined with the second bit field to determine whether there is data to be received.
  • the bit in the first bit field When the bit in the first bit field is "0", it indicates that the corresponding second downlink SPS resource set There is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity;
  • the second bit field includes an index bit and an indication bit, the index bit indicates the position of the current second bit field corresponding to the "1" bit in the first bit field, and the indication bit "0” indicates the corresponding There is no data to be received on the resource block group on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the indication bit "1" indicates that there is data to be received on the resource block group on the corresponding SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information includes a second bit field, and the terminal determines whether there is data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity in the second downlink SPS resource set in the third time window according to the indication information. take over.
  • Bit “1” indicates that the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set has The data is to be received, and the bit “0" indicates that there is no data to be received on the resource block group on the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the terminal receives the PDSCH sent by the base station on the first downlink SPS resource set, and determines which SPS transmission opportunities or which resource block groups the terminal has no data to receive on the second downlink SPS resource set through the indication information carried by the PDSCH, that is, determine Whether these SPS transmission opportunities need to be detected and received.
  • the terminal does not need to perform PDSCH detection and reception in SPS transmission opportunities where there is no data to be received, which can avoid unnecessary terminal power consumption overhead, improve user experience and prolong terminal battery life.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 16 , the terminal device includes a memory 1601, a transceiver 1602, and a processor 1603, where:
  • the memory 1601 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1602 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 1603 .
  • the transceiver 1602 is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor 1603 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the processor 1603 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 1601 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, etc., which are well known in the art and therefore will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 1602 may be multiple elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices over transmission media, including wireless channels, wired channels, optical cables, and other transmission media.
  • the user interface 1604 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally to required devices, and the connected devices include but not limited to keypads, displays, speakers, microphones, joysticks, and so on.
  • the processor 1603 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1601 can store data used by the processor 1603 when performing operations.
  • the processor 1603 can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or a complex programmable Logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • Processor 1603 configured to read the computer program in memory 1601 and perform the following operations:
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the sending indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG for configuration permission includes:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending the indication information on the first uplink CG resource set includes:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is the time point when the terminal receives the first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate the PUSCH carrying the indication information decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the receiving indication information on the downlink transmission resource configured by the semi-persistent scheduling SPS includes:
  • the indication information is received on the first downlink SPS resource set, the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving the indication information on the first downlink SPS resource set includes:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second moment is determined by the network device The configured second period and second offset are determined.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set within the second time window, so
  • the starting point and length of the second time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the terminal sends second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • the above-mentioned terminal device provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments in which the execution subject is the terminal, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the same parts and beneficial effects as those in the method embodiment will be described in detail.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 17, the network device includes a memory 1701, a transceiver 1702, and a processor 1703, wherein:
  • the memory 1701 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1702 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 1703 .
  • the transceiver 1702 is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor 1703 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the processor 1703 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 1701 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, etc., which are well known in the art and therefore will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1702 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices over transmission media, including wireless channels, wired channels, optical cables, and other transmission media.
  • the processor 1703 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1701 can store the processor 1703 in performing operations data used when.
  • the processor 1703 can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • Processor 1703 configured to read the computer program in memory 1701 and perform the following operations:
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the receiving indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG includes:
  • the indication information is received on a first set of uplink CG resources, the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the method includes:
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving the indication information on the first uplink CG resource set includes:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the network device sends first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the sending indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS includes:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS includes:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, the The second moment is determined by the second period and the second offset configured by the network device.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the network device receives second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • Fig. 18 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the signaling transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 18, the device can be applied to a terminal, including:
  • the first transmission module 1801 is configured to send indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the configuration license CG, or receive indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the semi-persistent scheduling SPS;
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the first transmission module is also used for:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the first transmission module is also used for:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearings include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the terminal receives first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the first transmission module is also used for:
  • the indication information is received on the first downlink SPS resource set, the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the device also includes a skipping module:
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the first transmission module is also used for:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second moment is determined by the network device The configured second period and second offset are determined.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the terminal sends second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • Fig. 19 is the second schematic structural diagram of a signaling transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 19, the device can be applied to network equipment, including:
  • the second transmission module 1901 is configured to receive indication information on the uplink transmission resources configured by the CG, or send indication information on the downlink transmission resources configured by the SPS;
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource.
  • the second transmission module is also used for:
  • the indication information is received on a first set of uplink CG resources, the target transmission resource includes a second set of uplink CG resources, and there is a first association between the first set of uplink CG resources and the second set of uplink CG resources relation.
  • the device also includes:
  • An allocation module configured to re-allocate the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the first association relationship includes:
  • the CG corresponding to the first uplink CG resource set and the CG corresponding to the second uplink CG resource set are configured with the same first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the second transmission module is also used for:
  • the first set of uplink CG resources includes part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for PUSCH transmission carrying data.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing include the CG transmission opportunity used for the first PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set after the first moment, so The first moment is determined by the first cycle and the first offset configured by the network device.
  • part or all of the CG transmission opportunity packet used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearer include one or more CG transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing includes all the CG transmission opportunities used for the PUSCH transmission with data bearing in the first uplink CG resource set in the first time window, so The starting point and length of the first time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the first time window is a time point when the network device sends first HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the first HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PUSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in the CG transmission opportunities in the second uplink CG resource set.
  • the indication information includes a first-level indication bit field and/or a second-level indication bit field, the first-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the CG transmission opportunity, and the second-level The indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data to be received on the resource block group in the CG transmission opportunity.
  • the second transmission module is also used for:
  • the target transmission resource includes a second downlink SPS resource set, and there is a second downlink SPS resource set between the first downlink SPS resource set and the second downlink SPS resource set Two associations.
  • the second association relationship includes that the SPS corresponding to the first set of downlink SPS resources and the SPS corresponding to the second set of downlink SPS resources are configured with the same second parameter.
  • the second parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the second transmission module is also used for:
  • the first set of downlink SPS resources includes part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities used for the PDSCH transmission carrying data.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include the SPS transmission opportunities used for the first PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set after the second moment, and the second moment is determined by the network device The configured second period and second offset are determined.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include one or more SPS transmission opportunities.
  • the part or all of the SPS transmission opportunities include all SPS transmission opportunities used for PDSCH transmission with data bearing in the first downlink SPS resource set in the second time window, and the starting point of the second time window is and length are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the end of the second time window is a time point when the network device receives second HARQ-ACK feedback information, and the second HARQ-ACK feedback information is used to indicate that the PDSCH carrying the indication information is decoded correctly.
  • the target transmission resources include resource block groups in SPS transmission opportunities in the second downlink SPS resource set.
  • the indication information includes a third-level indication bit field and/or a fourth-level indication bit field, the third-level indication bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the SPS transmission opportunity, and the fourth-level indication The bit field is used to indicate that there is no data transmission on the resource block group in the SPS transmission opportunity.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the target transmission resource within a third time window, and the starting point and length of the third time window are predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the target transmission resource includes one or more transmission opportunities, and the number of transmission opportunities or the maximum number of transmission opportunities is configured by a network device.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • An integrated unit may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium if it is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product.
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure is essentially or part of the contribution to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for enabling a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, and various media that can store program codes.
  • embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to enable the processor to execute the signaling transmission methods provided in the foregoing embodiments, for example ,include:
  • the processor-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by the processor, including but not limited to magnetic storage (such as floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.), optical storage (such as CD , DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state drive (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage such as floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.
  • optical storage such as CD , DVD, BD, HVD, etc.
  • semiconductor memory such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state drive (SSD)
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present disclosure can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present disclosure may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
  • processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a specific manner, such that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory produce a manufacturing product, the instruction device realizes the functions specified in one or more procedures of the flow chart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.
  • processor-executable instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented
  • the executed instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the procedure or procedures of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本公开实施例提供一种信令传输方法、装置及存储介质，其中方法包括：在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；其中，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法、装置及存储介质，通过终端在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得网络设备可以获取一段时间内给CG预留的资源的实际发送情况，以避免上行CG资源浪费或资源碰撞；或，终端在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得终端可以得知是否需要在目标传输资源上检测接收数据，以避免不必要的功耗开销。

Description

信令传输方法、装置及存储介质
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求于2020年01月28日提交的申请号为2022101081477，发明名称为“信令传输方法、装置及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权，其通过引用方式全部并入本文。
技术领域
本公开涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种信令传输方法、装置及存储介质。
背景技术
由于扩展现实(eXtended Reality,XR)业务的周期性传输特性，将半静态配置资源的配置许可(Configured Grant,CG)或半持续调度(Semi-Persistent Scheduling,SPS)应用到XR业务中可以有效降低信令开销，提升系统容量。
目前的SPS/CG不能匹配XR非整数周期，为保障XR业务的时延需求和适应XR数据包大小，基站需要按照最大数据包传输需求给终端配置多个SPS/CG，这为XR终端预留了过多资源，在部分SPS/CG的传输机会中并没有数据传输。当到达的XR数据包大小较小时，终端只需要在部分CG传输机会中发送物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)。终端可以通过缓存状态上报(Buffer Status Reporting，BSR)机制向基站提供终端逻辑信道中的上行数据量，但基站无法重新分配空闲上行CG资源，造成资源浪费。
同样地，基站可能只在部分SPS传输机会中发送物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)，但终端会对每个SPS传输机会进行PDSCH的检测接收，造成终端功耗浪费。
发明内容
针对现有技术存在的上述问题，本公开实施例提供一种信令传输方法、装置及存储介质。
第一方面，本公开实施例提供一种信令传输方法，包括：
在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；
其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
可选地，所述在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，包括：
在所述第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协 议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，还包括：
跳过对所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
第二方面，本公开实施例提供一种信令传输方法，包括：
在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；
其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
可选地，所述在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，包括：
对所述第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
第三方面，本公开实施例提供一种终端设备，包括存储器，收发机，处理器：
存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在处理器的控制下收发数 据；处理器，用于读取存储器中的计算机程序并实现如上述第一方面的信令传输方法的步骤。
可选地，所述在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，包括：
在所述第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，还包括：
跳过对所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
第四方面，本公开实施例提供一种网络设备，包括存储器，收发机，处理器：
存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取存储器中的计算机程序并实现如上述第二方面的信令传输方法的步骤。
可选地，所述在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，包括：
对所述第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
第五方面，本公开实施例提供一种信令传输装置，包括：
第一传输模块，用于在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；
其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
可选地，所述第一传输模块还用于：
在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第 二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述第一传输模块还用于：
在所述第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第二级指 示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述第一传输模块还用于：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述装置还包括跳过模块：
跳过对所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述第一传输模块还用于：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域， 所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
第六方面，本公开实施例提供一种信令传输装置，包括：
第二传输模块，用于在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；
其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
可选地，所述第二传输模块还用于：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述装置还包括：
分配模块，用于对所述第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述第二传输模块还用于：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述第二传输模块还用于：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述第二传输模块还用于：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述 第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
第七方面，本公开实施例还提供一种处理器可读存储介质，处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，计算机程序用于使处理器执行如上述第一方面的信令传输方法，或如上述第二方面的信令传输方法的步骤。
第八方面，本公开实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使计算机执行如上述第一方面的信令传输方法，或如上述第二方面的信令传输方法的步骤。
第九方面，本公开实施例还提供一种通信设备可读存储介质，所述通信设备可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使通信设备执行如上述第一方面的信令传输方法，或如上述第二方面的信令传输方法的步骤。
第十方面，本公开实施例还提供一种芯片产品可读存储介质，所述芯片产品可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使芯片产品执行如上述第一方面的信令传输方法，或如上述第二方面的信令传输方法的步骤。
本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法、装置及存储介质，通过终端在CG配 置的上行传输资源上发送指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得网络设备可以获取一段时间内给CG预留的资源的实际发送情况，以避免上行CG资源浪费或资源碰撞；或，终端在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得终端可以得知是否需要在目标传输资源上检测接收数据，以避免不必要的功耗开销。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本公开实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图是本公开的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是现有技术中XR业务周期性传输的示意图；
图2是现有技术中XR业务的数据到达和数据包业务分布的示意图；
图3是现有技术中XR业务中不同数据流传输的示意图；
图4是现有技术中配置授权类型2的传输示意图；
图5是现有技术中多个CG支持不同数据流传输的示意图；
图6是现有技术中多SPS/CG传输XR业务的示意图；
图7是本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法的流程示意图之一；
图8是本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法的流程示意图之二；
图9是本公开实施例提供的CG组传输XR业务的示意图之一；
图10是本公开实施例提供的CG/SPS组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图之一；
图11是本公开实施例提供的CG组传输XR业务的示意图之二；
图12是本公开实施例提供的CG/SPS组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图之二；
图13是本公开实施例提供的CG组传输XR业务的示意图之三；
图14是本公开实施例提供的CG组传输XR业务的示意图之四；
图15是本公开实施例提供的SPS组传输XR业务的示意图；
图16是本公开实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图；
图17是本公开实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图；
图18是本公开实施例提供的信令传输装置的结构示意图之一；
图19是本公开实施例提供的信令传输装置的结构示意图之二。
具体实施方式
为了更好地对本公开实施例中的技术方案进行描述，下面对相关知识进行介绍。
(1)XR业务
XR业务是第五代移动通信(the 5th Generation Mobile Communication,5G)媒体应用中最重要的一种，包括增强现实(Augmented reality,AR)、混合现实(Mixed reality,MR)、虚拟现实(Virtual reality,VR)三种代表性形式，通过计算机技术和可穿戴设备产生真实与虚拟的组合环境以及相关的人机交互。从AR到VR的虚拟程度逐渐由弱变强，从有限传感器输入的现实增强到完全沉浸式的感观存在。通过各类XR设备来实现虚拟世界和现实世界之间无缝转换的沉浸式体验，对人的视觉、听觉或环境进行错觉呈现。
(2)XR业务的特性
根据第三代合作伙伴计划(The 3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)中对于XR业务的研究，XR业务具有三种特性，分别为：
①周期性发送/接收特性
XR业务源会以一定的刷新率产生相应的数据包。例如：刷新率为60FPS，意味着每秒钟会产生60个数据帧，每个数据帧之间的时间间隔为16.67ms，即到达周期为16.67ms。刷新率为120FPS，意味着每秒钟会产生120个数据帧，每个数据帧之间的时间间隔为8.33ms，即到达周期为8.33ms。其中，ms表示毫秒，FPS表示每秒的帧数(Frames Per Second)。
图1是现有技术中XR业务周期性传输的示意图，如图1所示，XR业务包括上行(Uplink,UL)，下行(Downlink,DL)，典型的音频、视频业务等。DL业务每秒钟到达60帧，即到达周期为16.67ms。对于UL业务，包括视频流(Video Stream)，音频流，UL姿态估计数据(Pose)等。其中，UL视频流业务的到达周期为16.67ms，UL姿态估计数据业务的周期更为密集，达到4ms一个姿态估计数据包。
②数据包大小的时变性
XR业务的数据包的大小服从帕累托(Pareto)分布，变速率的视频流业务的数据包大小和时延抖动(Jitter)服从截断高斯分布的特性。不同的时刻，XR业务到达的数据包大小是可变的。
图2是现有技术中XR业务的数据到达和数据包业务分布的示意图，如图2所示，横轴表示时间(Time)，单位为毫秒(ms)，纵轴表示数据包的大小(Packet Size)，单位为千比特(Kbit)。从图2中可以看出，相比于超高可靠低时延高通信(Ultra-reliable and Low Latency Communications,URLLC)典型的小数据包传输，XR业务的数据包的大小随着时间的变化而变化。
③数据包的多流特性
对于XR业务，同时可能存在多个数据流。例如，同时存在I帧(I-frame)，P帧(P-frame)，视频流(Video Stream)，音频流(Audio Stream)，姿态估计(Pose)/控制(Control)数据流等。按照目前的5G质量指示(Quality Instruction,QI)服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)需求，不同数据流的需求等级可能是不同的，并且不同数据流之间是相互独立的。对于一个XR数据包而言，有可能仅当所有的数据流都传输完成后，才能完成一个XR数据包的接收。
图3是现有技术中XR业务中不同数据流传输的示意图，如图3所示，实线表示对应QOS_1的数据包的传输，由点构成的虚线表示对应QOS_2的数据包的传输，由点和线构成的虚线表示对应QOS_3的数据包的传输，由终端(User Equipment,UE)指向基站(gNB)的箭头表示上行业务的传输，由基站指向终端的箭头表示下行业务的传输。
(3)CG调度
新空口(New Radio,NR)支持上行CG传输，终端可以根据基站预先配置，自行在CG传输机会中发送PUSCH。CG调度分为配置授权类型1(Configured Grant Type 1)和配置授权类型2(Configured Grant Type 2)。
在配置授权类型1中，PUSCH的传输参数是无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)配置的，包括周期、偏移、时域资源、频域资源等，根据配置信息可以确定周期性的PUSCH传输机会。当终端上行有新数据到达时，可以在最近的传输机会直接进行PUSCH传输。
在配置授权类型2中，PUSCH的传输参数是RRC和物理下行控制信道 (Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)共同配置的。其中，RRC配置周期和偏移等参数，PDCCH激活信令通知配置的配置授权类型2激活并同时指示调度信息。只有接收到基站发送的激活信令之后，终端才能使用对应的PUSCH资源进行上行CG传输。可以通过基站发送的PDCCH去激活信令来释放配置授权类型2的PUSCH资源。
图4是现有技术中配置授权类型2的传输示意图，如图4所示，横轴表示时间，系统帧号(System Frame Number,SFN)为0，在基站发送下行链路控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)激活(Activation)信令之后，终端进行周期性的上行CG传输，New Transmission表示新的传输，Periodicity表示传输周期。
(4)SPS调度
NR支持下行SPS传输。SPS调度是通过RRC信令为每个部分带宽(Bandwidth Partial,BWP)的服务小区进行配置。在相同的BWP上同时激活多个分配资源。在相同的BWP上同时激活多个分配资源，下行SPS的激活和去激活是相互独立。
对于下行SPS，由PDCCH分配下行资源，此下行资源基于层1信令指示SPS激活或去激活来存储或清除。当SPS配置时，RRC会配置如下参数：
①配置调度无线网络临时标识(Configured Scheduling Radio Network Temporary Identity,CS-RNTI)用于激活、去激活和重传；
②nrofHARQ-Processes:为SPS配置的混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ)进程个数；
③harq-ProcID-Offset:SPS的HARQ进程的偏移；
④periodicity:SPS配置的下行资源的传输周期。
当SPS被高层信令释放，所有相应的配置都会被释放。在一个下行资源被配置给SPS后，媒体访问控制(Media Access Control,MAC)实体可以通过以下公式确定后续的第N个下行资源的SFN和时隙位置：
对于第N个SPS PDSCH资源按照以下公式进行计算：
(Number of Slots Per Frame×SFN+Slot Number in the Frame)＝
[(Number of Slots Per Frame×SFNStart Time+SlotStart Time)+N×Periodicity×Number of Slots Per Frame/10]modulo(1024×Number of  Slots Per Frame)
其中，Number of Slots Per Frame表示每帧的时隙数，SFNStart Time和SlotStart Time分别表示配置下行资源初始化时PDSCH第一次传输的SFN和时隙。
(5)多CG传输XR业务
为了同时支持多种不同类型的数据流传输，需要多个配置许可PUSCH的配置分别进行承载。NR Rel-16对多配置方案进行标准化，主要是使用多个配置许可PUSCH的配置支持工业互联网等业务，在工业互联网业务中，一个机器手臂通常包括多个执行器、多个传感器和多个监视器，机器手臂通常又仅与一个通信模块相连，这时，NR就需要同时支持多种不同类型的数据流，这些数据流中，可能周期、到达时刻、数据块大小、性能要求等参数各种各样。
图5是现有技术中多个CG支持不同数据流传输的示意图，如图5所示，横轴表示时间(time)，纵轴表示频率(frequency)，不同类型数据流不太可能用一个CG的配置就能实现，采用多个配置许可PUSCH的配置，每个配置许可PUSCH的配置可以有独立的周期、时频资源位置、时频资源大小、调制与编码策略(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)等参数，从而既能满足低时延、高可靠要求，又能提高资源的利用率。
(6)多SPS传输XR业务
时延敏感网络业务的周期较小，且可能不是整数倍的时隙数，而NR Rel-15SPS的周期最小为10ms，无法支持时延敏感网络业务。对此，NR Rel-15对SPS进行增强，支持最小一个时隙为周期，且可以配置多个SPS。配置多个SPS，如果SPS PDSCH激活位置合适，就可以模拟非整数周期。
同时，对于数据包大小变化的非整数周期业务来说，如XR视频流业务，配置多个SPS/CG不仅能够解决非整数周期的问题，还可以通过在靠近数据包到达的位置有多个传输机会来适应变化的数据包大小。
终端可以通过缓存状态上报(Buffer Status Reporting，BSR)来给基站提供终端逻辑信道中的上行数据量。RRC配置如下参数来控制BSR：
①periodicBSR-Timer：周期性BSR定时器；
②retxBSR-Timer：BSR重传定时器；
③logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerApplied：应用逻辑信道状态上报(Status Reporting,SR)延迟定时器；
④logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer：逻辑信道SR延迟定时器；
⑤logicalChannelSR-Mask：逻辑信道SR掩码；
⑥logicalChannelGroup：逻辑信道组。
每个逻辑信道根据参数logicalChannelGroup，得知自己属于哪个逻辑信道组(Logical Channel Group,LCG)，LCG个数最大为8。NR系统中，终端基于LCG上报BSR。BSR中包括两类比特域，LCG标识(Identity,ID)和缓存数据量(Buffer size)。LCG ID和Buffer size一一对应，LCG ID指示哪个LCG，Buffer size指示对应的LCG中数据缓存大小，即BSR提供上行数据缓存大小的最小粒度为LCG。
(7)问题分析
图6是现有技术中多SPS/CG传输XR业务的示意图，如图6所示，现有技术中配置多CG/SPS传输XR业务，由于现有技术SPS/CG周期不能匹配XR非整数周期(如16.67ms)，同时为保障XR业务的时延需求和适应XR数据包大小，基站需要按照最大数据包传输需求给终端配置密集的SPS/CG。
当XR数据包到达时，发送端能够在靠近到达时间位置处选择多个传输机会来传输数据，由于XR数据包大小不固定，所以每个数据包传输所需要的SPS/CG传输资源大小并不完全相同，即所需的SPS/CG传输机会个数不完全相同。如果到达的数据包较小时，可能只需要部分SPS/CG的资源就足够完成传输。
当发送端为终端时，由于XR数据包大小并不固定，对于按照最大需求配置CG，而实际到达的XR数据包大小较小时，终端只需在部分CG传输机会中发送PUSCH。目前BSR机制只能上报终端缓存的数据包大小，不能上报具体资源使用情况，如终端在哪个CG的哪个传输机会(Transmission Opportunity,TO)，甚至哪些资源块组上传输。基站不知道哪些CG资源上没有数据传输，无法重新分配空闲上行资源，造成资源浪费。
即使基站将CG资源用于更高优先级的其他传输，然而基站对CG资源实际有无数据没有先验知识，很可能会调用有数据传输的CG资源，导致传输可靠性下降。终端通过BSR机制只能告知基站剩余还有多少比特的上行数据需 要传输，但基站仅靠BSR无法得知终端实际的资源使用情况。
要想通过BSR上报来使基站知道终端资源使用情况，只能基站和终端之间预设CG资源选择规则，如终端在上报BSR之后，严格按时间顺序使用后续的若干CG传输机会，但这样预先设定规则，终端每次数据包到达时都只能按照预设规则来选择资源，十分限制终端的行为，CG传输机会的选择不能灵活匹配当前数据包的传输。
当发送端为基站时，基站可能只在部分SPS传输机会中发送PDSCH。虽然基站知道在哪些SPS资源上空闲，可以自行将空闲资源另作他用，不会用类似CG资源浪费的问题。然而，终端却不知道哪些SPS资源上没有数据传输，仍然会对每个SPS传输机会进行检测接收，造成终端功耗浪费，影响用户体验和终端电池寿命。
针对现有技术存在的上述问题，本公开实施例提供了一种信令传输方法、装置及存储介质，通过终端在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得网络设备可以获取一段时间内给CG预留的资源的实际发送情况，以避免上行CG资源浪费或资源碰撞；或，终端在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得终端可以得知是否需要在目标传输资源上检测接收数据，以避免不必要的功耗开销。
本公开实施例中术语“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本公开实施例中的“第一”、“第二”用于区别类似的对象，而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。
本公开实施例中术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上，其它量词与之类似。
本公开实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于多种系统，尤其是5G系统。例如适用的系统可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile Communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)通用分组无线业务(Aeneral Packet Radio Service,GPRS)系统、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)系统、高级长期演进(Long  Term Evolution Advanced,LTE-A)系统、通用移动系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)系统、5G新空口(New Radio,NR)系统等。这多种系统中均包括终端设备和网络设备。系统中还可以包括核心网部分，例如演进的分组系统(Evloved Packet System,EPS)、5G系统(5GS)等。
本公开实施例涉及的终端设备，可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备等。在不同的系统中，终端设备的名称可能也不相同，例如在5G系统中，终端设备可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(Core Network,CN)进行通信，无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备，如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端设备的计算机，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如，个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiated Protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station)，移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端设备(Remote Terminal)、接入终端设备(Access Terminal)、用户终端设备(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户装置(User Device)，本公开实施例中并不限定。
本公开实施例涉及的网络设备，可以是基站，该基站可以包括多个为终端提供服务的小区。根据具体应用场合不同，基站又可以称为接入点，或者可以是接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端设备通信的设备，或者其它名称。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(Internet Protocol,IP)分组进行相互更换，作为无线终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)通信网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如，本公开实施例涉及的网络设 备可以是全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile Communications,GSM)或码分多址接入(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的网络设备(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)，也可以是带宽码分多址接入(Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中的网络设备(NodeB)，还可以是长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型网络设备(Evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB)、5G网络架构(Next Generation System)中的5G基站(gNB)，也可以是家庭演进基站(Home evolved Node B,HeNB)、中继节点(Relay Node)、家庭基站(Femto)、微微基站(Pico)等，本公开实施例中并不限定。在一些网络结构中，网络设备可以包括集中单元(Centralized Unit,CU)节点和分布单元(Distributed Unit,DU)节点，集中单元和分布单元也可以地理上分开布置。
下面将结合本公开实施例中的附图，对本公开实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本公开一部分实施例，并不是全部的实施例。基于本公开中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本公开保护的范围。
图7是本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法的流程示意图之一，如图7所示，本公开实施例提供一种信令传输方法，其执行主体为终端，该方法至少包括如下步骤：
步骤701、在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；其中，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
具体地，终端在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。终端通过在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，使得网络设备可以得知终端对CG资源的实际使用情况。
终端在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。终端通过在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，使得终端可以得知是否需要在目标传输资源上检测接收数据。
目标传输资源可以为有数据传输的资源，也可以为没有数据传输的资源。
例如，目标传输资源为有数据传输的资源，终端在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，以使网络设备根据指示信息确定有数据发送的目标传输 资源，从而对目标传输资源以外的传输资源进行重新分配等处理。
例如，目标传输资源为没有数据传输的资源，终端在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，以使网络设备根据指示信息确定没有数据发送的目标传输资源，从而在有更高优先级的上行业务到达时将目标传输资源分配给更高优先级的业务。
例如，目标传输资源为有数据传输的资源，终端在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，终端根据指示信息确定有数据待接收的目标传输资源，从而跳过目标传输资源以外的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
例如，目标传输资源为没有数据传输的资源，终端在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，终端根据指示信息确定没有数据待接收的目标传输资源，从而跳过目标传输资源的接收检测。
本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法，通过终端在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得网络设备可以获取一段时间内给CG预留的资源的实际发送情况，以避免上行CG资源浪费或资源碰撞；或，终端在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得终端可以得知是否需要在目标传输资源上检测接收数据，以避免不必要的功耗开销。
可选地，在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，第一上行CG资源集合和第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
具体地，终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源，目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，第一上行CG资源集合和第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
第一上行CG资源集合为有数据发送的部分或全部CG资源构成的集合。第二上行CG资源集合可以为有数据发送的全部CG资源构成的集合；也可以为没有数据发送的部分或全部CG资源构成的集合；还可以为有数据发送的CG资源和没有数据发送的CG资源共同构成的集合，有数据发送的CG资源和没有数据发送的CG资源可以通过指示信息的不同比特进行区分，例如比特“1”表示对应CG资源有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应CG资源没有数据发 送。第一上行CG资源集合通过网络设备信令配置的周期和偏移确定。
第一上行CG资源集合对应一个或多个CG，第二上行CG资源集合对应一个或多个CG。
在第一上行CG资源集合和第二上行CG资源集合均包括有数据发送的CG资源的情况下，第一上行CG资源集合可以是第二上行CG资源集合的子集。第一上行CG资源集合和第二上行CG资源集合之间通过网络设备配置相同的参数存在第一关联关系。
本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法，通过终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，指示第二上行CG资源集合，使得网络设备可以根据第二上行CG资源集合确定终端对CG资源的实际使用情况，从而可以对空闲CG资源进行重新分配，或避免调用有数据传输的CG资源。
可选地，第一关联关系包括：
第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
具体地，第一上行CG资源集合和第二上行CG资源集合之间的第一关联关系可以为：第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
具体地，终端被配置一个或多个CG用于传输业务。CG的配置参数包括CG组标识、CG传输周期等。共享一个CG组标识的CG组成一个CG组。
CG组标识由网络设备通过信令配置，例如通过RRC信令配置、通过DCI激活信令配置等。本公开实施例中的第一上行CG资源集合和第二上行CG资源集合均可以为一个CG组的子集。
终端可以根据CG组标识确定属于同一个CG组的CG。
第一上行CG资源集合和第二上行CG资源集合可以通过配置相同的第一参数相关联，第一参数至少包括以下一项：
CG组标识，第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG都有相同的CG组标识，属于一个CG组。
传输周期，第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG都有相同的CG传输周期。
可选地，在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，PUSCH携带指示信息。
具体地，在第一上行CG资源集合上发送PUSCH，PUSCH携带指示信息。例如在PUSCH的媒体访问控制控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)中携带指示信息。
可选地，第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
具体地，终端确定CG组中所有CG的传输机会，并根据CG组标识确定属于同一个CG组的CG的传输机会。
终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，第一上行CG资源集合中可以包含有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，第一上行CG资源集合中也可以包含有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分CG传输机会。
可选地，有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
具体地，第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。第一上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会可以包括第一时刻之后第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会。第一时刻可以由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
具体地，第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。第一上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
具体地，第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。第一上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会可以包括在第一时间窗口内有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会。第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
第一时间窗口的终点可以根据终端接收到指示携带指示信息的PUSCH解码正确的混合自动重传混合自动重传请求-确认(Hybrid Automatic Repeat request-Acknowledge,HARQ-ACK)反馈的时间点确定。
可选地，第一时间窗口的终点可以为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，第一时间窗口的终点可以为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息之后的时间点，第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
具体地，对于CG资源，一个CG对应一个或多个CG传输机会，一个CG传输机会对应一个或多个资源块组。
指示信息用于指示目标传输资源，目标传输资源的粒度可以为第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会，目标传输资源的粒度也可以为第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
指示信息中可以包含不同级别的指示比特域，用于指示不同粒度的目标传输资源上有没有数据传输。
可选地，指示信息包括第一级指示比特域，第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送。例如，比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上没有数据发送。
可选地，指示信息包括第二级指示比特域，第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送。例如，比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和第二级指示比特域，第一级 指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送。
例如，在第一级指示比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第二级比特域确定是否有数据发送，在第一级指示比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上没有数据发送；第二级指示比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第二级指示比特域对应第一级指示比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送，指示比特“1”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送。
可选地，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
具体地，终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源，目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
第一下行SPS资源集合为有数据待接收的部分或全部SPS资源构成的集合。第二下行SPS资源集合可以为有数据待接收的全部SPS资源构成的集合；也可以为没有数据待接收的部分或全部SPS资源构成的集合；还可以为有数据待接收的SPS资源和没有数据待接收的SPS资源共同构成的集合，有数据待接收的SPS资源和没有数据待接收的SPS资源可以通过指示信息的不同比特进行区分，例如比特“1”表示有数据待接收，比特“0”表示没有数据待接收。第一下行SPS资源集合通过网络设备信令配置的周期和偏移确定。
第一下行SPS资源集合对应一个或多个SPS，第二下行SPS资源集合对应一个或多个SPS。
在第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合均包括有数据待接收的SPS资源的情况下，第一下行SPS资源集合可以是第二下行SPS资源集合的子集。第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合之间通过网络设备配置相同的参数存在第二关联关系。
可选地，在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息之后，还包括：
跳过对第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
具体地，当第二下行SPS资源集合为没有数据接收的部分或全部SPS资源构成的集合时，终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息之后，终端可以跳过对第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
当第二下行SPS资源集合为有数据待接收的全部SPS资源构成的集合时，终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息之后，终端可以跳过对第二下行SPS资源集合以外的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法，通过终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，指示信息用于指示第二下行SPS资源集合，终端可以基于第二下行SPS资源集合跳过对没有数据待接收的SPS传输机会的检测接收，在SPS密集配置等场景下，终端可以不用在没有数据待接收的SPS传输机会中进行PUSCH的检测接收，可以避免不必要的终端功耗开销，提高用户体验和延迟终端电池寿命。
可选地，第二关联关系包括第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
具体地，第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合之间的第一关联关系可以为：第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
具体地，终端被配置一个或多个SPS用于传输业务。SPS的配置参数包括SPS组标识、SPS传输周期等。共享一个SPS组标识的SPS组成一个SPS组。
SPS组标识由网络设备通过信令配置，例如通过RRC信令配置、通过DCI激活信令配置等。本公开实施例中的第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合均可以为一个SPS组的子集。
终端可以根据SPS组标识确定属于同一个SPS组的SPS。
第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合可以通过配置相同的第二参数相关联，第二参数至少包括以下一项：
SPS组标识，第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS都有相同的SPS组标识，属于一个SPS组。
传输周期，第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS都有相同的SPS传输周期。
可选地，在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，PDSCH携带指示信息。
具体地，在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收PDSCH，PDSCH携带指示信息。例如在PDSCH的MAC CE中携带指示信息。
可选地，第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
具体地，终端确定SPS组中所有SPS的传输机会，并根据SPS组标识确定属于同一个SPS组的SPS的传输机会。
终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，第一下行SPS资源集合中可以包含有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，第一下行SPS资源集合中也可以包含有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分SPS传输机会。
可选地，部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
具体地，第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。第一下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会可以包括第二时刻之后第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会。第二时刻可以由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
具体地，第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。第一下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
具体地，第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。第一下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会可以包括在第二时间窗口内有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会。第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
第二时间窗口的终点可以根据终端发送指示携带指示信息的PDSCH解码正确的HARQ-ACK反馈的时间点确定。
可选地，第二时间窗口的终点可以为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，第二时间窗口的终点可以为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息之后的时间点，第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
具体地，对于SPS资源，一个SPS对应一个或多个SPS传输机会，一个SPS传输机会对应一个或多个资源块组。
指示信息用于指示目标传输资源，目标传输资源的粒度可以为第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会，目标传输资源的粒度也可以为第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
指示信息中可以包含不同级别的指示比特域，用于指示不同粒度的目标传输资源上有没有数据传输。
当目标传输资源的粒度为第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会时，终端可以根据指示信息确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上有无数据待接收。
当目标传输资源的粒度为第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组时，终端可以根据指示信息确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上有无数据待接收。
可选地，指示信息包括第三级指示比特域，第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收。例如，比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收。
可选地，指示信息包括第四级指示比特域，第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收。例如，比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和第四级指示比特域，第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
例如，在第三级指示比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第四级比特域确定是否有数据待接收，在第三级指示比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收；第四级指示比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第四级指示比特域对应第三级指示比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收，指示比特“1”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收。
可选地，指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的目标传输资源，第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
具体地，指示信息用于指示第三时间窗口内的目标传输资源。
例如，终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的与第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG具有相同的CG组标识的CG资源。
第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。例如，终端接收RRC信令，RRC信令配置CG参数中包括第三时间窗口的起点和长度信息。例如，终端接收CG激活DCI，获取第三时间窗口的起点和长度信息。网络设备可以根据配置灵活改变终端需要指示的时间范围。
可选地，第三时间窗口的起点可以为第一上行CG资源集合的时域位置的下一个时隙，第三时间窗口的长度为第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG的传输周期或传输周期的最大值。
例如，终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，指示信息用于指示第三时间窗口内的与第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS具有相同的SPS组标识的SPS资源。
第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。例如，终端接收RRC信令，RRC信令配置SPS参数中包括第三时间窗口的起点和长度信息。例如，终端接收SPS激活DCI，获取第三时间窗口的起点和长度信息。网络设备可以根据配置灵活改变终端需要指示的时间范围。
可选地，第三时间窗口的起点可以为第一下行SPS资源集合的时域位置的下一个时隙，第三时间窗口的长度为第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS的传输周期或传输周期的最大值。
可选地，目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，传输机会的数量或传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
具体地，目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，传输机会的数量可以通过网络设备配置为预定数量；传输机会也可以由网络设备配置最大数量，发送端设备自行选择需要指示的实际数量。
例如，目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的数量通过网络设备配置为预定数量；或，网络设备配置可以指示的CG传输机会的最大数量为10，终端实际指示的第二上行CG资源集合中包含8个CG传输机会。
例如，目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，第二下行SPS资源中的SPS传输机会的数量通过网络设备配置为预定数量；或，网络设备配置可以指示的SPS传输机会的最大数量为20，网络设备实际指示的第二下行SPS资源集合中包含17个SPS传输机会。
本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法，终端通过在CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得网络设备可以获取一段时间内给CG预留的资源的实际发送情况，以避免上行CG资源浪费或资源碰撞；或，终端在SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得终端可以得知是否需要在目标传输资源上检测接收数据，以避免不必要的功耗开销。
图8是本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法的流程示意图之二，如图8所示，本公开实施例提供一种信令传输方法，其执行主体为网络设备，例如基站，该方法至少包括如下步骤：
步骤801、在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置 的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；其中，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
具体地，网络设备在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。网络设备通过在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，可以得知终端对CG资源的实际使用情况。
网络设备在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。网络设备通过在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，使得终端可以得知是否需要在目标传输资源上检测接收数据。
目标传输资源可以为有数据传输的资源，也可以为没有数据传输的资源。
例如，目标传输资源为有数据传输的资源，网络设备在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，网络设备根据指示信息确定有数据传输的目标传输资源，从而对目标传输资源以外的传输资源进行重新分配等处理。
例如，目标传输资源为没有数据传输的资源，网络设备在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，网络设备根据指示信息确定没有数据传输的目标传输资源，从而在有更高优先级的上行业务到达时将目标传输资源分配给更高优先级的业务。
例如，目标传输资源为有数据传输的资源，网络设备在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，以使终端根据指示信息确定有数据待接收的目标传输资源，从而跳过目标传输资源以外的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
例如，目标传输资源为没有数据传输的资源，网络设备在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，以使终端根据指示信息确定没有数据待接收的目标传输资源，从而跳过目标传输资源的接收检测。
本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法，通过网络设备在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得网络设备可以获取一段时间内给CG预留的资源的实际发送情况，以避免上行CG资源浪费或资源碰撞；或，网络设备在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示目标传输资源的指示信息，使得终端可以得知是否需要在目标传输资源上检测接收数据，以避免不必要的功耗开销。
可选地，在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收指示信息，目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，第一上行CG资源集合和第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关 联关系。
可选地，在第一上行CG资源集合上接收指示信息之后，包括：
对第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
具体地，当第二上行CG资源集合为没有数据发送的部分或全部CG资源构成的集合时，网络设备在第一上行CG资源集合上接收指示信息之后，网络设备可以对第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。或者，当有更高优先级的业务到达时，网络设备可以避免将第二上行CG资源集合以外的CG资源分配给更高优先级的业务。
当第二上行CG资源集合为有数据发送的全部CG资源构成的集合时，网络设备在第一上行CG资源集合上接收指示信息之后，网络设备可以对第二上行CG资源集合以外的CG资源进行重新分配。或者，当有更高优先级的业务到达时，网络设备可以避免将第二上行CG资源集合中的CG资源分配给更高优先级的业务。
本公开实施例提供的信令传输方法，通过网络设备在第一上行CG资源集合上接收指示信息，指示信息用于指示第二上行CG资源集合，网络设备能够基于第二上行CG资源集合获知未来一段时间内给CG预留的资源实际发送情况。一方面，当有上行资源需求时，如有上行动态调度请求，网络设备对终端指示的没有数据发送的上行资源进行分配，这有效地避免了密集配置多CG带来的上行资源浪费，能够提高容量；另一方面，当有更高优先级的上行业务到达，网络设备可以避免将有数据传输的CG预留资源分配给更高优先级的业务，避免了由于资源碰撞导致的可靠性下降。
可选地，第一关联关系包括：
第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
具体地，网络设备配置第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG具有相同的第一参数，例如相同的CG组标识，例如相同的CG传输周期。
可选地，在第一上行CG资源集合上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，PUSCH携带指示信息。
可选地，第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-QCK反馈信息之后的时间点，第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送指示信息，目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，第二关联关系包括第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
具体地，网络设备配置第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS具有相同的第二参数，例如具有相同的SPS组标识，例如具有相同的SPS传输周期。
可选地，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，PDSCH携带指示信息。
可选地，第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息之后的时间点，第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的目标传输资源，第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，第三时间窗口的起点为第一上行CG资源集合的时域位置的下一个时隙，第三时间窗口的长度为第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG的传输周期或传输周期的最大值。
可选地，第三时间窗口的起点为第一下行SPS资源集合的时域位置的下一个时隙，第三时间窗口的长度为第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS的传输周期或传输周期的最大值。
可选地，目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，传输机会的数量或传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
本公开实施例提供的有关预定方式以及预设条件等内容可以参见上述方法实施例，此处不再赘述。
下面通过若干具体示例进一步介绍本公开实施例的技术方案。
示例一：
基站通过信令配置第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG具有相同的CG组标识，终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，指示第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合。
以XR双流上行业务，基站终端协议约定第三时间窗口的起点为确定为第一上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的时域位置的下一个时隙，长度为第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG的传输周期最大值为例。图9是本公开实施例提供的CG组传输XR业务的示意图之一，如图9所示，基站配置第一CG组和第二CG组，第一CG组中包括三个CG，第一CG组用于传输XR视频流上行业务(XR UL video traffic)，第二CG组用于传输XR姿态估计上行业务(XR UL pose traffic)。终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送PUSCH，PUSCH中携带指示信息，指示信息用于指示第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合。
基站根据指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合上是否有数据发送，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
该指示信息包括第一比特域和/或第二比特域，第一比特域用于指示CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，第二比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
图10是本公开实施例提供的CG/SPS组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图之一，如图10(a)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输 机会上是否有数据发送，比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上没有数据发送。
如图10(b)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第二比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
在第一比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第二比特域确定是否有数据发送，在第一比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上没有数据发送；第二比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第二比特域对应第一比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送，指示比特“1”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送。
如图10(c)所示，指示信息包括第二比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送。
基站在第一上行CG资源集合上接收终端发送的PUSCH，通过PUSCH携带的指示信息确定终端在第二上行CG资源集合上的哪些CG传输机会或哪些资源块组上没有数据发送，即确定空闲CG资源。若存在不同CG在同一资源处重叠的情况，而这些CG互相并无关联，基站需要接收到多个指示信息，确定所有CG在该重叠处都没有数据发送，才能确定该重叠处的CG资源为空闲CG资源。
基站将空闲CG资源可以用于其他上行传输，例如通过动态调度终端在空闲CG资源上传输上行数据。
示例二：
基站通过信令配置第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG具有相同的CG组标识，终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，指示第二上行CG资源集合没有数据发送，第二上行CG资源集合中包 括一个或多个传输机会，传输机会的数量或最大数量通过基站配置。
以XR双流上行业务，基站配置CG传输机会的最大数量为Nmax为例。图11是本公开实施例提供的CG组传输XR业务的示意图之二，如图11所示，基站配置第一CG组和第二CG组，第一CG组中包括三个CG，第一CG组用于传输XR视频流上行业务(XR UL video traffic)，第二CG组用于传输XR姿态估计上行业务(XR UL pose traffic)。终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送PUSCH，PUSCH中携带指示信息，指示信息用于指示第二上行CG资源集合，第二上行CG资源集合包括一个或多个CG传输机会，CG传输机会的最大数量为Nmax＝2。
基站根据指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合上是否有数据发送，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
该指示信息包括三级指示比特域，第一比特域用于指示CG传输机会的最大数量为Nmax＝2，第二比特域用于指示CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，第三比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
图12是本公开实施例提供的CG/SPS组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图之二，如图12(a)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第二比特域，基站根据第一比特域确定第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的个数为2；第二比特域指示第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上没有数据发送。
如图12(b)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域、第二比特域和第三比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
基站根据第一比特域确定第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的个数为2。在第二比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第三比特域确定是否有数据发送，在第二比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上没有数据发送；第三比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引 比特指示当前第三比特域对应第二比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送，指示比特“1”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送。
如图12(c)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第三比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
基站根据第一比特域确定第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的个数为2。在第三比特域中比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送。
基站在第一上行CG资源集合上接收终端发送的PUSCH，通过PUSCH携带的指示信息确定终端在第二上行CG资源集合上的哪些CG传输机会或哪些资源块组上没有数据发送，即确定空闲CG资源。若存在不同CG在同一资源处重叠的情况，而这些CG互相并无关联，基站需要接收到多个指示信息，确定所有CG在该重叠处都没有数据发送，才能确定该重叠处的CG资源为空闲CG资源。
基站将空闲CG资源可以用于其他上行传输，例如通过动态调度终端在空闲CG资源上传输上行数据。
示例三：
基站通过信令配置第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG具有相同的CG传输周期，终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，指示第二上行CG资源集合没有数据发送，第二上行CG资源集合中包括一个或多个传输机会，传输机会的数量或最大数量通过基站配置。
以XR双流上行业务，基站配置CG传输机会的最大数量为Nmax为例。图13是本公开实施例提供的CG组传输XR业务的示意图之三，如图13所示，基站配置第一CG组和第二CG组，第一CG组中包括三个CG，第一CG组用于传输XR视频流上行业务(XR UL video traffic)，第二CG组用于传输XR姿态估计上行业务(XR UL pose traffic)。终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送PUSCH，PUSCH中携带指示信息，指示信息用于指示第二上行CG资源集合，第二上行CG资源集合包括一个或多个CG传输机会，CG传输机会的数量 为Nmax。
基站根据指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合上是否有数据发送，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
该指示信息包括三级指示比特域，第一比特域用于指示CG传输机会的最大数量为Nmax＝2，第二比特域用于指示CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，第三比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
本示例中CG组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图可以参照图12，如图12(a)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第二比特域，基站根据第一比特域确定第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的个数为2；第二比特域指示第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上没有数据发送。
如图12(b)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域、第二比特域和第三比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
基站根据第一比特域确定第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的个数为2。在第二比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第三比特域确定是否有数据发送，在第二比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上没有数据发送；第三比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第三比特域对应第二比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送，指示比特“1”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送。
如图12(c)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第三比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
基站根据第一比特域确定第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的个数为2。在第三比特域中比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传 输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送。
基站在第一上行CG资源集合上接收终端发送的PUSCH，通过PUSCH携带的指示信息确定终端在第二上行CG资源集合上的哪些CG传输机会或哪些资源块组上没有数据发送，即确定空闲CG资源。若存在不同CG在同一资源处重叠的情况，而这些CG互相并无关联，基站需要接收到多个指示信息，确定所有CG在该重叠处都没有数据发送，才能确定该重叠处的CG资源为空闲CG资源。
基站将空闲CG资源可以用于其他上行传输，例如通过动态调度终端在空闲CG资源上传输上行数据。
示例四：
基站通过信令配置第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG具有相同的CG传输周期，终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送指示信息，指示第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合没有数据发送。
以XR双流上行业务，基站终端协议约定第三时间窗口的起点为确定为第一上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会的时域位置的下一个时隙，长度为第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG的传输周期最大值为例。图14是本公开实施例提供的CG组传输XR业务的示意图之四，如图14所示，基站配置第一CG组和第二CG组，第一CG组中包括三个CG，第一CG组用于传输XR视频流上行业务(XR UL video traffic)，第二CG组用于传输XR姿态估计上行业务(XR UL pose traffic)。终端在第一上行CG资源集合上发送PUSCH，PUSCH中携带指示信息，指示信息用于指示第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合。
基站根据指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合上是否有数据发送，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
该指示信息包括第一比特域和/或第二比特域，第一比特域用于指示CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，第二比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
本示例中CG组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图可以参照图10，如图10(a)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域，基站根据该指示 信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上是否有数据发送，比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的CG传输机会上没有数据发送。
如图10(b)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第二比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
在第一比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第二比特域确定是否有数据发送，在第一比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会上没有数据发送；第二比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第二比特域对应第一比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送，指示比特“1”指示对应的CG传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送。
如图10(c)所示，指示信息包括第二比特域，基站根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据发送。
比特“1”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据发送，比特“0”表示对应第二上行CG资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据发送。
基站在第一上行CG资源集合上接收终端发送的PUSCH，通过PUSCH携带的指示信息确定终端在第二上行CG资源集合上的哪些CG传输机会或哪些资源块组上没有数据发送，即确定空闲CG资源。若存在不同CG在同一资源处重叠的情况，而这些CG互相并无关联，基站需要接收到多个指示信息，确定所有CG在该重叠处都没有数据发送，才能确定该重叠处的CG资源为空闲CG资源。
基站将空闲CG资源可以用于其他上行传输，例如通过动态调度终端在空闲CG资源上传输上行数据。
示例五：
基站通过信令配置第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS具有相同的SPS组标识，终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上 接收指示信息，指示第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合没有数据待接收。
以XR视频流下行业务，基站终端协议约定第三时间窗口的起点为确定为第一下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的时域位置的下一个时隙，长度为第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS的传输周期最大值为例。图15是本公开实施例提供的SPS组传输XR业务的示意图，如图15所示，基站配置第一SPS组传输XR视频流下行业务(XR DL video traffic)，第一SPS组中包括三个SPS。终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收PDSCH，PDSCH中携带指示信息，指示信息用于指示第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合。
终端根据指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合上是否有数据待接收，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
该指示信息包括第一比特域和/或第二比特域，第一比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，第二比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
本示例中CG组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图可以参照图10，如图10(a)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收。
如图10(b)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第二比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
在第一比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第二比特域确定是否有数据待接收，在第一比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收；第二比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第二比特域对应第一比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收，指示比特 “1”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收。
如图10(c)所示，指示信息包括第二比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收基站发送的PDSCH，通过PDSCH携带的指示信息确定终端在第二下行SPS资源集合上的哪些SPS传输机会或哪些资源块组上没有数据待接收，即确定是否需要对这些SPS传输机会进行检测接收。对于SPS密集配置的场景下，终端可以不用在没有数据待接收的SPS传输机会中进行PDSCH的检测接收，可以避免不必要的终端功耗开销，提高用户体验和延长终端电池寿命。
示例六：
基站通过信令配置第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS具有相同的SPS组标识，终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，指示第二下行SPS资源集合没有数据待接收，第二下行SPS资源集合中包括一个或多个传输机会，传输机会的数量或最大数量通过基站配置。
以XR视频流下行业务，基站配置SPS传输机会的最大数量为Nmax为例。基站配置第一SPS组传输XR视频流下行业务，第一SPS组中包括三个SPS。终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收PDSCH，PDSCH中携带指示信息，指示信息用于指示第二下行SPS资源集合，第二下行SPS资源集合包括一个或多个SPS传输机会，SPS传输机会的数量为Nmax。第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合均属于第一SPS组。
终端根据指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合上是否有数据待接收，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
该指示信息包括三级指示比特域，第一比特域用于指示SPS传输机会的 最大数量为Nmax＝2，第二比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，第三比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
本示例中SPS组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图可以参照图12，如图12(a)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第二比特域，终端根据第一比特域确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的个数为2；第二比特域指示第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收。
如图12(b)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域、第二比特域和第三比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
终端根据第一比特域确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的个数为2。在第二比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第三比特域确定是否有数据待接收，在第二比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收；第三比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第三比特域对应第二比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收，指示比特“1”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收。
如图12(c)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第三比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
终端根据第一比特域确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的个数为2。在第三比特域中比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收基站发送的PDSCH，通过PDSCH携带的指示信息确定终端在第二下行SPS资源集合上的哪些SPS传输机会或哪些资源块组上没有数据待接收，即确定是否需要对这些SPS传输机会进行检测接收。对于SPS密集配置的场景下，终端可以不用在没有数据待接收的SPS 传输机会中进行PDSCH的检测接收，可以避免不必要的终端功耗开销，提高用户体验和延长终端电池寿命。
示例七：
基站通过信令配置第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS具有相同的SPS传输周期，终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，指示第二下行SPS资源集合没有数据待接收，第二下行SPS资源集合中包括一个或多个传输机会，传输机会的数量或最大数量通过基站配置。
以XR视频流下行业务，基站配置SPS传输机会的最大数量为Nmax为例。基站配置第一SPS组传输XR视频流下行业务，第一SPS组中包括三个SPS。终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收PDSCH，PDSCH中携带指示信息，指示信息用于指示第二下行SPS资源集合，第二下行SPS资源集合包括一个或多个SPS传输机会，SPS传输机会的数量为Nmax。第一下行SPS资源集合和第二下行SPS资源集合属于第一SPS组。
基站根据指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合上是否有数据待接收，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
该指示信息包括三级指示比特域，第一比特域用于指示SPS传输机会的最大数量为Nmax＝2，第二比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，第三比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
本示例中SPS组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图可以参照图12，如图12(a)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第二比特域，终端根据第一比特域确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的个数为2；第二比特域指示第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收。
如图12(b)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域、第二比特域和第三比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的 资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
终端根据第一比特域确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的个数为2。在第二比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第三比特域确定是否有数据待接收，在第二比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收；第三比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第三比特域对应第二比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收，指示比特“1”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收。
如图12(c)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第三比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
终端根据第一比特域确定第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的个数为2。在第三比特域中比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收基站发送的PDSCH，通过PDSCH携带的指示信息确定终端在第二下行SPS资源集合上的哪些SPS传输机会或哪些资源块组上没有数据待接收，即确定是否需要对这些SPS传输机会进行检测接收。对于SPS密集配置的场景下，终端可以不用在没有数据待接收的SPS传输机会中进行PDSCH的检测接收，可以避免不必要的终端功耗开销，提高用户体验和延长终端电池寿命。
示例八：
基站通过信令配置第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS具有相同的SPS传输周期，终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收指示信息，指示第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合没有数据待接收。
以XR视频流下行业务，基站终端协议约定第三时间窗口的起点为确定为第一下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的时域位置的下一个时隙，长度为第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS的传输周期最大值为例。本示例中SPS组传输XR业务的示意图可以参照图15，如图15所示，基站配置第一SPS组传 输XR视频流下行业务，第一SPS组中包括三个SPS。终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收PDSCH，PDSCH中携带指示信息，指示信息用于指示第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合。第一下行SPS资源集合和第二SPS资源集合属于第一SPS组。
终端根据指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合上是否有数据待接收，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，或确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
该指示信息包括第一比特域和/或第二比特域，第一比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，第二比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
本示例中CG组传输XR业务过程中指示信息包括的比特域的示意图可以参照图10，如图10(a)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上是否有数据待接收，比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上有数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收。
如图10(b)所示，指示信息包括第一比特域和第二比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
在第一比特域中比特为“1”时，需要结合第二比特域确定是否有数据待接收，在第一比特域中比特为“0”时，说明对应的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收；第二比特域包括索引比特和指示比特，索引比特指示当前第二比特域对应第一比特域中的“1”比特的位置，指示比特“0”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收，指示比特“1”指示对应的SPS传输机会上的资源块组上有数据待接收。
如图10(c)所示，指示信息包括第二比特域，终端根据该指示信息确定第三时间窗口内的第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组上是否有数据待接收。
比特“1”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上有 数据待接收，比特“0”表示对应第二下行SPS资源集合的传输机会上的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
终端在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收基站发送的PDSCH，通过PDSCH携带的指示信息确定终端在第二下行SPS资源集合上的哪些SPS传输机会或哪些资源块组上没有数据待接收，即确定是否需要对这些SPS传输机会进行检测接收。对于SPS密集配置的场景下，终端可以不用在没有数据待接收的SPS传输机会中进行PDSCH的检测接收，可以避免不必要的终端功耗开销，提高用户体验和延长终端电池寿命。
图16是本公开实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图，如图16所示，该终端设备包括存储器1601，收发机1602，处理器1603，其中：
存储器1601，用于存储计算机程序；收发机1602，用于在处理器1603的控制下收发数据。
具体地，收发机1602，用于在处理器1603的控制下接收和发送数据。
其中，在图16中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1603代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1601代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1602可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元，这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。针对不同的用户设备，用户接口1604还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口，连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
处理器1603负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器1601可以存储处理器1603在执行操作时所使用的数据。
可选地，处理器1603可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field－Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device,CPLD)，处理器也可以采用多核架构。
处理器1603，用于读取存储器1601中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；
其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
可选地，所述在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，包括：
在所述第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH 解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，还包括：
跳过对所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所 述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
在此需要说明的是，本公开实施例提供的上述终端设备，能够实现上述执行主体为终端的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤，且能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。
图17是本公开实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图，如图17所示，该网络设备包括存储器1701，收发机1702，处理器1703，其中：
存储器1701，用于存储计算机程序；收发机1702，用于在处理器1703的控制下收发数据。
具体地，收发机1702，用于在处理器1703的控制下接收和发送数据。
其中，在图17中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1703代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1701代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1702可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元，这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。处理器1703负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器1701可以存储处理器1703在执行操作 时所使用的数据。
处理器1703可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field－Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device,CPLD)，处理器也可以采用多核架构。
处理器1703，用于读取存储器1701中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；
其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
可选地，所述在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，包括：
对所述第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述 第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
在此需要说明的是，本公开实施例提供的上述网络设备，能够实现上述执行主体为网络设备的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤，且能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。
图18是本公开实施例提供的信令传输装置的结构示意图之一，如图18所示，该装置可以应用于终端，包括：
第一传输模块1801，用于在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；
其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
可选地，所述第一传输模块还用于：
在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述第一传输模块还用于：
在所述第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述第一传输模块还用于：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述装置还包括跳过模块：
跳过对所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述第一传输模块还用于：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
图19是本公开实施例提供的信令传输装置的结构示意图之二，如图19所示，该装置可以应用于网络设备，包括：
第二传输模块1901，用于在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；
其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
可选地，所述第二传输模块还用于：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
可选地，所述装置还包括：
分配模块，用于对所述第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
可选地，所述第一关联关系包括：
所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
可选地，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
CG组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述第二传输模块还用于：
在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包 括一个或多个CG传输机会。
可选地，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
可选地，所述第二传输模块还用于：
在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
可选地，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
可选地，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
SPS组标识；
传输周期。
可选地，所述第二传输模块还用于：
在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
可选地，所述部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
可选地，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
可选地，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
本公开各实施例提供的方法和装置是基于同一申请构思的，由于方法和装置解决问题的原理相似，因此装置和方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。需要说明的是，本公开实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外，在本公开各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个处理器可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本公开的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本公开各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器 (Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
在此需要说明的是，本公开实施例提供的上述装置，能够实现上述方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤，且能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。
另一方面，本公开实施例还提供一种处理器可读存储介质，处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，计算机程序用于使处理器执行上述各实施例提供的信令传输方法，例如，包括：
在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源
或，
在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
该处理器可读存储介质可以是处理器能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备，包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本公开的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本公开可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本公开可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本公开是参照根据本公开实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机可执行指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机可执行指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实 现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些处理器可执行指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的处理器可读存储器中，使得存储在该处理器可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些处理器可执行指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本公开进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本公开的精神和范围。这样，倘若本公开的这些修改和变型属于本公开权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本公开也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (157)

  1. 一种信令传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；
    其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一关联关系包括：
    所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
    CG组标识；
    传输周期。
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，包括：
    在所述第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间窗口的终点为终端接收到第一混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
  11. 根据权利要求2所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
    在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，还包括：
    跳过对所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
    SPS组标识；
    传输周期。
  17. 根据权利要求13所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在第一下 行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
    在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间窗口的终点为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
  23. 根据权利要求13所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
  25. 根据权利要求1所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  26. 根据权利要求1所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大 数量通过网络设备配置。
  27. 一种信令传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；
    其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，包括：
    对所述第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一关联关系包括：
    所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
    CG组标识；
    传输周期。
  32. 根据权利要求28所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
  36. 根据权利要求33所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
  38. 根据权利要求28所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
  40. 根据权利要求27所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
    在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
    SPS组标识；
    传输周期。
  43. 根据权利要求40所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
    在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示 信息。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
  46. 根据权利要求44所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
  47. 根据权利要求44所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
  49. 根据权利要求40所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
  51. 根据权利要求27所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  52. 根据权利要求27所述的信令传输方法，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
  53. 一种终端设备，包括存储器，收发机，处理器；其特征在于：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行如下步骤：
    在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；
    其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第一关联关系包括：
    所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
    CG组标识；
    传输周期。
  57. 根据权利要求54所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，包括：
    在所述第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
  60. 根据权利要求58所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
  61. 根据权利要求58所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第一时间窗口的终点为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
  63. 根据权利要求54所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
  65. 根据权利要求53所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
    在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，还包括：
    跳过对所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
  67. 根据权利要求65所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
    SPS组标识；
    传输周期。
  69. 根据权利要求65所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
    在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
  72. 根据权利要求70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
  73. 根据权利要求70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第二时间窗口的终点为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
  75. 根据权利要求65所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
  77. 根据权利要求53所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  78. 根据权利要求53所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
  79. 一种网络设备，包括存储器，收发机，处理器；其特征在于：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行如下步骤：
    在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；
    其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，包括：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息之后，包括：
    对所述第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
  82. 根据权利要求80所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一关联关系包括：
    所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
    CG组标识；
    传输周期。
  84. 根据权利要求80所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，包括：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
  85. 根据权利要求84所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由信令传输装置配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
  87. 根据权利要求85所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
  88. 根据权利要求85所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由信令传输装置配置或协议预定义。
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一时间窗口的终点为信令传输装置发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
  90. 根据权利要求80所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
  92. 根据权利要求79所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
    在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
  93. 根据权利要求92所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
  94. 根据权利要求93所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
    SPS组标识；
    传输周期。
  95. 根据权利要求92所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息，包括：
    在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示 信息。
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
  97. 根据权利要求96所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由信令传输装置配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
  98. 根据权利要求96所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
  99. 根据权利要求96所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由信令传输装置配置或协议预定义。
  100. 根据权利要求99所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二时间窗口的终点为信令传输装置接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
  101. 根据权利要求92所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
  102. 根据权利要求101所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
  103. 根据权利要求79所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由信令传输装置配置或协议预定义。
  104. 根据权利要求79所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
  105. 一种信令传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    第一传输模块，用于在配置许可CG配置的上行传输资源上发送指示信 息，或，在半持续调度SPS配置的下行传输资源上接收指示信息；
    其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
  106. 根据权利要求105所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一传输模块还用于：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
  107. 根据权利要求106所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一关联关系包括：
    所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
  108. 根据权利要求107所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
    CG组标识；
    传输周期。
  109. 根据权利要求106所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一传输模块还用于：
    在所述第一上行CG资源集合上发送上行共享信道PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
  110. 根据权利要求109所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
  111. 根据权利要求110所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
  112. 根据权利要求110所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机会。
  113. 根据权利要求110所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述 第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  114. 根据权利要求113所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间窗口的终点为终端接收到第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
  115. 根据权利要求106所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
  116. 根据权利要求115所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
  117. 根据权利要求105所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一传输模块还用于：
    在第一下行SPS资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
  118. 根据权利要求117所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括跳过模块：
    跳过对所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会的检测接收。
  119. 根据权利要求117所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
  120. 根据权利要求119所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
    SPS组标识；
    传输周期。
  121. 根据权利要求117所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一传输模块还用于：
    在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上接收下行共享信道PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
  122. 根据权利要求121所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
  123. 根据权利要求122所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
  124. 根据权利要求122所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
  125. 根据权利要求122所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  126. 根据权利要求125所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二时间窗口的终点为终端发送第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
  127. 根据权利要求117所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
  128. 根据权利要求127所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
  129. 根据权利要求105所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  130. 根据权利要求105所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
  131. 一种信令传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    第二传输模块，用于在CG配置的上行传输资源上接收指示信息，或，在SPS配置的下行传输资源上发送指示信息；
    其中，所述指示信息用于指示目标传输资源。
  132. 根据权利要求131所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二传输模块还用于：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上接收所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二上行CG资源集合，所述第一上行CG资源集合和所述第二上行CG资源集合之间存在第一关联关系。
  133. 根据权利要求132所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    分配模块，用于对所述第二上行CG资源集合进行重新分配。
  134. 根据权利要求132所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一关联关系包括：
    所述第一上行CG资源集合对应的CG和所述第二上行CG资源集合对应的CG被配置有相同的第一参数。
  135. 根据权利要求134所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一参数包括以下至少一项：
    CG组标识；
    传输周期。
  136. 根据权利要求132所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二传输模块还用于：
    在第一上行CG资源集合上接收PUSCH，所述PUSCH携带所述指示信息。
  137. 根据权利要求136所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一上行CG资源集合包括有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会。
  138. 根据权利要求137所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括第一时刻之后所述第一上行CG资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的CG传输机会，所述第一时刻由网络设备配置的第一周期和第一偏移确定。
  139. 根据权利要求137所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括一个或多个CG传输机 会。
  140. 根据权利要求137所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的部分或全部CG传输机会包括在第一时间窗口内所述第一上行CG资源集合中有数据承载的PUSCH传输所用的全部CG传输机会，所述第一时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  141. 根据权利要求140所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间窗口的终点为网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第一HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PUSCH解码正确。
  142. 根据权利要求132所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二上行CG资源集合中的CG传输机会中的资源块组。
  143. 根据权利要求142所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第一级指示比特域和/或第二级指示比特域，所述第一级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会上没有数据待接收，所述第二级指示比特域用于指示CG传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据待接收。
  144. 根据权利要求131所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二传输模块还用于：
    在第一下行SPS资源集合上发送所述指示信息，所述目标传输资源包括第二下行SPS资源集合，所述第一下行SPS资源集合和所述第二下行SPS资源集合之间存在第二关联关系。
  145. 根据权利要求144所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二关联关系包括所述第一下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS和所述第二下行SPS资源集合对应的SPS被配置有相同的第二参数。
  146. 根据权利要求145所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二参数包括以下至少一项：
    SPS组标识；
    传输周期。
  147. 根据权利要求144所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二传输模块还用于：
    在所述第一下行SPS资源集合上发送PDSCH，所述PDSCH携带所述指示信息。
  148. 根据权利要求147所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第一下行SPS资源集合包括有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会。
  149. 根据权利要求148所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括第二时刻之后所述第一下行SPS资源集合中第一个有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的SPS传输机会，所述第二时刻由网络设备配置的第二周期和第二偏移确定。
  150. 根据权利要求148所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括一个或多个SPS传输机会。
  151. 根据权利要求148所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的部分或全部SPS传输机会包括在第二时间窗口内所述第一下行SPS资源集合中有数据承载的PDSCH传输所用的全部SPS传输机会，所述第二时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  152. 根据权利要求151所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述第二时间窗口的终点为网络设备接收到第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息的时间点，所述第二HARQ-ACK反馈信息用于指示携带所述指示信息的PDSCH解码正确。
  153. 根据权利要求144所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括所述第二下行SPS资源集合中的SPS传输机会中的资源块组。
  154. 根据权利要求153所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述指示信息包括第三级指示比特域和/或第四级指示比特域，所述第三级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会上没有数据发送，所述第四级指示比特域用于指示SPS传输机会中的资源块组上没有数据发送。
  155. 根据权利要求131所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述指示信息用于指示在第三时间窗口内的所述目标传输资源，所述第三时间窗口的起点和长度由网络设备配置或协议预定义。
  156. 根据权利要求131所述的信令传输装置，其特征在于，所述目标传输资源包括一个或多个传输机会，所述传输机会的数量或所述传输机会的最大数量通过网络设备配置。
  157. 一种处理器可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述处理器可读存储介质 存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行权利要求1至26中任一项所述的方法，或执行权利要求27至52中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/072381 2022-01-28 2023-01-16 信令传输方法、装置及存储介质 WO2023143189A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210108147.7 2022-01-28
CN202210108147.7A CN116566560A (zh) 2022-01-28 2022-01-28 信令传输方法、装置及存储介质

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023143189A1 true WO2023143189A1 (zh) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=87470554

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/072381 WO2023143189A1 (zh) 2022-01-28 2023-01-16 信令传输方法、装置及存储介质

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116566560A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023143189A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101835271A (zh) * 2009-03-12 2010-09-15 华为技术有限公司 一种资源释放和分配的方法、装置及网络设备
US20160219574A1 (en) * 2013-08-08 2016-07-28 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and Apparatus for Device to Device Communication
CN110557835A (zh) * 2018-06-04 2019-12-10 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法、通信装置及存储介质
CN112292897A (zh) * 2018-06-11 2021-01-29 高通股份有限公司 在无线通信中更新半持续调度(sps)配置的技术
CN113678532A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2021-11-19 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 上行控制信息的传输方法及设备

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101835271A (zh) * 2009-03-12 2010-09-15 华为技术有限公司 一种资源释放和分配的方法、装置及网络设备
US20160219574A1 (en) * 2013-08-08 2016-07-28 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and Apparatus for Device to Device Communication
CN110557835A (zh) * 2018-06-04 2019-12-10 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法、通信装置及存储介质
CN112292897A (zh) * 2018-06-11 2021-01-29 高通股份有限公司 在无线通信中更新半持续调度(sps)配置的技术
CN113678532A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2021-11-19 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 上行控制信息的传输方法及设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202349903A (zh) 2023-12-16
CN116566560A (zh) 2023-08-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9295040B2 (en) Packet scheduling in communications
JP6999556B2 (ja) サービス伝送方法及び装置
EP3668172A1 (en) Method for use in media access control layer packets, user device, and base station
RU2768891C1 (ru) Конфигурация структуры канала управления для поддержки трафика v2x
WO2020147814A1 (zh) 资源分配的方法和设备
CN111148225B (zh) 资源调度方法、装置及设备
WO2020114237A1 (zh) 数据传输方法与通信装置
JP7123939B2 (ja) Ｎｒ ｔｄｄシステムにおける二重方向の調整
US10455567B2 (en) Methods and nodes for controlling uplink transmissions
WO2023040582A1 (zh) 一种动态指示ecp时隙的方法、基站及存储介质
WO2023143189A1 (zh) 信令传输方法、装置及存储介质
US20240073886A1 (en) Pre-Configured Allocation for Non-Periodic Traffic Pattern
WO2022197223A1 (en) Multi-ue semi persistent allocation
WO2023082953A1 (zh) 业务发送和接收方法、装置及存储介质
WO2023045709A1 (zh) 动态数据传输方法、装置及存储介质
WO2023221755A1 (zh) Bsr触发和上报方法、资源分配方法及装置
WO2023051290A1 (zh) 激活方法、装置、终端和存储介质
WO2024169501A1 (zh) 混合自动重传请求harq信息确定方法及装置
WO2023134575A1 (zh) 物理下行控制信道pdcch监听方法、装置、设备以及存储介质
WO2024169920A1 (zh) 上行传输指示方法、设备、装置和存储介质
WO2022206458A1 (zh) 数据传输方法、装置及存储介质
WO2023179361A1 (zh) 信息传输方法、装置、终端设备及网络设备
CN118784161A (zh) Harq进程号的处理方法、装置、终端及网络设备
TW202329737A (zh) 上行鏈路控制資訊傳輸方法、終端、網路設備、裝置及存儲介質
CN117221236A (zh) 数据传输方法、装置及存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23746071

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023746071

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240828